N-2 1 d540616dn2.htm NUVEEN S&P 500 DYNAMIC OVERWRITE FUND Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2018

1933 Act File No. 333-                

1940 Act File No. 811-21809

 

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form N-2

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
  
Pre-Effective Amendment No.        
Post-Effective Amendment No.   
and/or     
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
  
Amendment No. 4   

 

 

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code): (800) 257-8787

Gifford R. Zimmerman

Vice President and Secretary

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent for Service

 

 

Copy to:

Thomas S. Harman

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

1111 Pennsylvania Avenue NW

Washington, DC 20004

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  ☒

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of Securities

Being Registered

 

Amount
Being

Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit(1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Shares, $0.01 par value   1,000 shares   $17.24   $17,240   $2.15

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 based on the average of the high and low sales prices of the shares of beneficial interest on March 26, 2018, as reported on the NYSE.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 29, 2018

 

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

 

Common Shares

 

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

 


 

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek attractive total return with less volatility than the S&P 500 Index. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

 

Investing in the Fund’s common shares (“Common Shares”) involves certain risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus (the “Prospectus”).

 

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information dated             , 2018 (the “SAI”), containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the SAI, the table of contents of which is on the last page of this Prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders and other information about the Fund, and make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 257-8787, by writing to the Fund or from the Fund’s website (http://www.nuveen.com). The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of this Prospectus. You also may obtain a copy of the SAI (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).

 

The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency.

 

Portfolio Contents.    The Fund will pursue its investment objective by investing in an equity portfolio and utilizing a dynamic options strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in a diversified equity portfolio (the “Equity Portfolio”) that seeks to substantially replicate price movements of the S&P 500 Index and is designed to support the Fund’s options strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects to invest substantially all (at least 90%) of its Managed Assets (as defined under “Investment Objectives and Policies” in the Prospectus Summary) in the Equity Portfolio or otherwise in pursuit of its investment objective. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will sell index call options, call options on custom baskets of securities and covered call options on individual securities. The Fund targets an overwrite level of approximately 55% over time, and the overwrite level will vary, based on market conditions, between 35% to 75% of the value of the Equity Portfolio.


No Leverage.    As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and may enter into certain derivatives transactions that have the economic effect of leverage.

 

Adviser and Sub-Adviser.    Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, the Fund’s investment adviser, is responsible for determining the Fund’s overall investment strategies and their implementation. Nuveen Asset Management, LLC is the Fund’s investment sub-adviser and oversees the day-to-day investment operations of the Fund.

 

The minimum price on any day at which Common Shares may be sold will not be less than the current net asset value per share plus the per share amount of the commission to be paid to the Fund’s distributor, Nuveen Securities, LLC (“Nuveen Securities”). The Fund and Nuveen Securities will suspend the sale of Common Shares if the per share price of the shares is less than the minimum price. The Fund currently intends to distribute the shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus through at-the-market transactions, although from time to time it may also distribute shares through an underwriting syndicate or a privately negotiated transaction. To the extent shares are distributed other than through at-the-market transactions, the Fund will file a supplement to this Prospectus describing such transactions. For information on how Common Shares may be sold, see the “Plan of Distribution” section of this Prospectus.

 

Common Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The trading or “ticker” symbol of the Fund is “SPXX.” The Fund’s closing price on the NYSE on March 5, 2018 was $17.81.

 


 

The date of this prospectus is [                    ], 2018.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

 

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Summary of Fund Expenses

     13  

Financial Highlights

     15  

Trading and Net Asset Value Information

     17  

The Fund

     17  

Use of Proceeds

     18  

The Fund’s Investments

     18  

Use of Leverage

     29  

Risks

     29  

Management of the Fund

     36  

Net Asset Value

     38  

Distributions

     39  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     41  

Plan of Distribution

     42  

Description of Shares

     43  

Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

     46  

Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

     47  

Tax Matters

     48  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

     51  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     51  

Legal Opinion

     52  

Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information

     53  

 


 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Fund has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. The Fund’s Prospects and, after it commences investment operations, its business, financial condition and results of operations, each may have changed since the date on the front of this Prospectus. The Fund will amend this Prospectus if there are any material changes to the information provided subsequent to the date of the Prospectus and prior to completion of this offering.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This is only a summary. You should review the more detailed information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) prior to making an investment in the Fund. See “Risks.”

 

The Fund

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund (formerly known as Nuveen Equity Premium and Growth Fund) (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end investment management company. See “The Fund.” The Fund’s common shares, $0.01 par value (“Common Shares”), are traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “SPXX.” See “Description of Shares—Common Shares.” As of February 28, 2018, the Fund had 16,155,754 Common Shares outstanding and net assets applicable to Common Shares of $266,768,071.

 

Investment Objectives and Policies

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek attractive total return with less volatility than the S&P 500 Index. The Fund’s investment objective is considered fundamental and may not be changed without shareholder approval. Unless otherwise specified, the Fund’s investment policies are considered non-fundamental. The Fund cannot assure you that it will attain its investment objective. See “The Fund’s Investments” and “Risks.”

 

  Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in a diversified equity portfolio (the “Equity Portfolio”) that seeks to substantially replicate price movements of the Standard & Poor’s 500® Stock Index (the “S&P 500 Index”) and is designed to support the Fund’s Option Strategy (as defined below). Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects to invest substantially all (at least 90%) of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in the Equity Portfolio or otherwise in pursuit of its investment objective.

 

  The S&P 500 Index is an unmanaged index of 500 companies that is market-capitalization weighted and is generally representative of the performance of larger companies in the U.S. It is not possible to invest in the S&P 500 Index. “Standard & Poor’s®”, “S&P®”, “Standard & Poor’s 500”, “S&P 500®” and “500” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and the Fund has the right to use such trademarks pursuant to a licensing agreement. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s, and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund. Due to U.S. federal income tax considerations, the Fund intends to limit the overlap between the components of the Equity Portfolio (and any subset thereof) and the constituent securities of the S&P 500 Index to less than 70% (generally based on the value of such components) on an ongoing basis. As a result, the Fund will not hold all of the common stocks in the S&P 500 Index, or in the same weightings as in the S&P 500 Index, and returns on the Equity Portfolio are not intended to exactly match those of the S&P 500 Index. The portion of the Equity Portfolio invested in securities or other instruments other than individual securities comprising the S&P 500 Index will be selected to match the characteristics of the index with limited tracking error.

 

1


  The Fund employs a dynamic options strategy whereby the Fund’s sub-adviser sells (writes) call options on a varying percentage of the Fund’s Equity Portfolio based on its market outlook (the “Option Strategy”). Pursuant to this Option Strategy, under normal market circumstances, the Fund sells (writes) index call options, call options on custom baskets of securities, and covered call options on individual securities. The Fund targets an overwrite level of 55% of the value of its Equity Portfolio over time, and the overwrite level will vary, based on market conditions, between 35% to 75% of the value of the Equity Portfolio. In addition to a primary emphasis on writing call options to reduce downside risk and volatility of the Equity Portfolio, the Options Strategy as a secondary emphasis seeks additional return opportunities through a variety of means including the use of call spreads and selling put options.

 

  The Fund’s strategy of using the S&P 500 Index as the relevant benchmark for the Equity Portfolio and Option Strategy is not considered fundamental and can be changed without a vote of the common shareholders. However, any use of an alternative index must be approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) and is subject to the provision of 60 days’ written notice to common shareholders.

 

  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, minus the sum of its accrued liabilities (other than Fund liabilities incurred for the express purpose of creating leverage). Total assets for this purpose shall include assets attributable to the Fund’s use of effective leverage (whether or not those assets are reflected in the Fund’s financial statements for purposes of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles). As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments.

 

  The Fund also may enter into certain derivatives instruments in pursuit of its investment objective. Such instruments include futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements and other derivative instruments consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. These types of strategies may generate taxable income. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Composition and Other Information—Derivatives.”

 

  The Fund may, from time to time, manage its cash by investing a part of its assets in short-term, high quality fixed-income securities. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest no more than 10% of its Managed Assets in such securities.

 

  The Fund may invest in illiquid securities without limit.

 

  The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar denominated, which may include securities of issuers located, or conducting their business, in emerging market countries.

 

  Consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, the Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies such as, among others, exchange-traded funds, subject to limitations imposed by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders issued by the SEC.

 

 

During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may deviate from its investment objective and invest all or a portion of its assets in investment grade debt securities, including obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.

 

2


 

government, its agencies and instrumentalities. There can be no assurance that such investment techniques will be successful. For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s portfolio composition, see “The Fund’s Investments.”

 

Investment Adviser

Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“NFALLC”), the Fund’s investment adviser, is responsible for overseeing the Fund’s overall investment strategy and its implementation. NFALLC offers advisory and investment management services to a broad range of investment company clients. NFALLC has overall responsibility for management of the Fund, oversees the management of the Fund’s portfolio, manages the Fund’s business affairs and provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. NFALLC is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. NFALLC is a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC (“Nuveen”), the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“TIAA”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of December 31, 2017, Nuveen managed approximately $970 billion in assets, of which approximately $139 billion was managed by NFALLC.

 

Sub-Adviser

Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“Nuveen Asset Management”) serves as the Fund’s sub-adviser. Nuveen Asset Management, a registered investment adviser, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NFALLC. Nuveen Asset Management oversees the day-to-day investment operations of the Fund.

 

  Nuveen Securities, LLC (“Nuveen Securities”), a registered broker-dealer affiliate of NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management, is involved in the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares. See “Plan of Distribution—Distribution Through At-The-Market Transactions.”

 

Use of Leverage

As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes and may enter into certain derivatives transactions that have the economic effect of leverage by creating additional investment exposure.

 

Offering Methods

The Fund may offer Common Shares using one or more of the following methods: (i) at-the-market transactions conducted through one or more broker-dealers that have entered into a selected dealer agreement with Nuveen Securities, one of the Fund’s underwriters; (ii) through an underwriting syndicate; and (iii) through privately negotiated transactions between the Fund and specific investors. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

Distribution Through At-The-Market Transactions.    The Fund, from time to time, may issue and sell its Common Shares through Nuveen Securities to certain broker-dealers that have entered into selected dealer agreements with Nuveen Securities. Currently, Nuveen Securities has entered into a selected dealer agreement with [            ] pursuant to which [            ] will be acting as Nuveen Securities’ sub-placement agent with respect to at-the-market offerings of Common Shares. Common Shares will only be sold on such days as shall be agreed to by the Fund, Nuveen Securities, and [            ]. Common Shares will be sold at prevailing market prices through the National Market System, subject to a minimum price to be established each day by Nuveen Securities. The minimum price on any day will not be less than the current net asset value (“NAV”) per share plus the per share

 

3


 

amount of the commission to be paid to Nuveen Securities. The Fund and Nuveen Securities will suspend the sale of Common Shares if the per share price of the shares is less than the minimum price.

 

  The Fund will compensate Nuveen Securities with respect to sales of the Common Shares at a commission rate of up to 1.0% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares. Nuveen Securities will compensate sub-placement agents or other broker-dealers participating in the offering at a rate of up to 0.8% of the gross sales proceeds of the sale of Common Shares sold by that sub-placement agent or broker-dealer.

 

  Settlements of Common Share sales will occur on the second business day following the date of sale. In connection with the sale of Common Shares on behalf of the Fund, Nuveen Securities may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the compensation of Nuveen Securities may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts. Unless otherwise indicated in a further Prospectus supplement, Nuveen Securities will act as underwriter on a reasonable efforts basis.

 

  The offering of Common Shares pursuant to the Distribution Agreement (defined below under “Plan of Distribution—Distribution Through At-The-Market Transactions”) will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of all Common Shares subject thereto or (ii) termination of the Distribution Agreement. The Fund and Nuveen Securities each have the right to terminate the Distribution Agreement in its discretion at any time. See “Plan of Distribution—Distribution Through At-The-Market Transactions.” The Fund currently intends to distribute the shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus through at-the-market transactions, although from time to time it may also distribute shares through an underwriting syndicate or a privately negotiated transaction. To the extent shares are distributed other than through at-the-market transactions, the Fund will file a supplement to this Prospectus describing such transactions.

 

  The Fund’s closing price on the NYSE on March 5, 2018, was $17.81.

 

  Distribution Through Underwriting Syndicates.    The Fund, from time to time, may issue additional Common Shares through a syndicated secondary offering. In order to limit the impact on the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares, underwriters will market and price the offering on an expedited basis (e.g., overnight or similarly abbreviated offering period). The Fund will launch a syndicated offering on a day, and upon terms, mutually agreed upon between the Fund, Nuveen Securities and the underwriting syndicate.

 

 

The Fund will offer its shares at a price equal to a specified discount of up to 5% from the closing market price of the Fund’s Common Shares on the day prior to the offering date. The applicable discount will be negotiated by the Fund and Nuveen Securities in consultation with the underwriting syndicate on a transaction-by-transaction basis. The Fund will compensate the underwriting syndicate out of the proceeds of the offering based upon a sales load of up to 4% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares. The minimum net proceeds per share to the Fund will not be less than the greater of (i) the Fund’s latest NAV per share of Common Shares or (ii) 91% of the closing market price of the Fund’s Common Shares on the

 

4


 

day prior to the offering date. See “Plan of Distribution—Distribution Through Underwriting Syndicates.”

 

  Distribution Through Privately Negotiated Transactions.    The Fund from time to time may sell directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional and other sophisticated investors, who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resale of Common Shares.

 

  The terms of such privately negotiated transactions will be subject to the discretion of the management of the Fund. In determining whether to sell Common Shares through a privately negotiated transaction, the Fund will consider relevant factors including, but not limited to, the attractiveness of obtaining additional funds through the sale of Common Shares, the purchase price to apply to any such sale of Common Shares and the investor seeking to purchase the Common Shares.

 

  Common Shares issued by the Fund through privately negotiated transactions will be issued at a price equal to the greater of (i) the NAV per share of the Fund’s Common Shares or (ii) at a discount ranging from 0% to 5% of the average daily closing market price of the Fund’s Common Shares at the close of business on the ten business days preceding the date upon which Common Shares are sold pursuant to the privately negotiated transaction. The applicable discount will be determined by the Fund on a transaction-by-transaction basis. See “Plan of Distribution—Distribution Through Privately Negotiated Transactions.”

 

  The principal business address of Nuveen Securities is 333 West Wacker Drive, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

Distributions

The Fund will pay quarterly distributions stated in terms of a fixed cents per Common Share dividend rate that would be composed of supplemental amounts generally representing realized capital gains or, possibly, returns of capital representing unrealized capital gains. Quarterly distributions, including such supplemental amounts, are sometimes referred to as “managed distributions.” The Fund will seek to establish a distribution rate that roughly corresponds to NFALLC’s projections of the total return that could reasonably be expected to be generated by the Fund over an extended period of time, although the distribution rate will not be solely dependent on the amount of income earned or capital gains realized by the Fund. NFALLC, in making such projections, may consider long-term historical returns and a variety of other factors.

 

  Distributions can only be made after paying any interest and required principal payments on Borrowings, if any, and any accrued dividends to preferred shareholders, if any. The distribution policy recognizes that many investors are willing to accept the potentially higher asset value volatility of the Fund’s equity investments compared to fixed-income investments, preferring that a consistent level of cash distributions be available each quarter for reinvestment or other purposes of their choosing.

 

 

If, for any quarterly distribution, net investment income and net realized capital gains were less than the amount of the distribution, the difference would be distributed from the Fund’s assets. In addition, in order to make such distributions, the Fund might have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate

 

5


 

such action. The Fund’s final distribution for each calendar year would include any remaining net investment income and net realized capital gains undistributed during the year. The Fund’s actual financial performance will likely vary significantly from month-to-month and from year-to-year, and there may be extended periods of up to several years, when the distribution rate will exceed the Fund’s actual total returns. The Fund’s projected or actual distribution rate is not a prediction of what the Fund’s actual total returns will be over any specific future period.

 

  As portfolio and market conditions change, the rate of distributions on the Common Shares and the Fund’s distribution policy could change. To the extent that the total return of the Fund’s overall strategy exceeds the distribution rate for an extended period, the Fund may be in a position to increase the distribution rate or distribute supplemental amounts to shareholders. Conversely, if the total return of the Fund’s overall strategy is less than the distribution rate for an extended period of time, the Fund will effectively be drawing upon its NAV to meet payments prescribed by its distribution policy. Similarly, for tax purposes such distributions by the Fund may consist in part of a return of capital to Common Shareholders. The exact tax characteristics of the Fund’s distributions will not be known until after the Fund’s fiscal year-end. Common Shareholders should not confuse a return of capital distribution with “dividend yield” or “total return.” See “Distributions” for additional information.

 

  At the same time that it pays a quarterly distribution, the Fund will post on its website (www.nuveen.com/cef), and make available in written form to holders of its Common Shares a notice of the estimated sources and tax characteristics of the Fund’s distributions (i.e., what percentage of the distributions is estimated to constitute ordinary income, short-term capital gains, long-term capital gains, and/or a non-taxable return of capital) on a year-to-date basis, in compliance with a federal securities law requirement that any fund paying a distribution from sources other than net investment income disclose to shareholders the respective portion attributable to such other sources. These estimates may be based on certain assumptions about the Fund’s expected investment returns and the realization of net gains, if any, over the remaining course of the year. These estimates may, and likely will, vary over time based on the activities of the Fund and changes in the value of portfolio investments. The Fund expects that it will provide this type of information primarily on a tax basis, instead of on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis, because experience has shown that fund shareholders are most concerned about the tax character of their distributions, and because the Fund expects that the distributions’ tax characteristics will fairly reflect the economic basis of the funds’ distributions and returns. The final determination of the source and tax characteristics of all distributions will be made after December 31 in each year, and reported to Common Shareholders on Form 1099-DIV early the following year.

 

 

As explained more fully below in “Tax Matters,” the Fund intends to distribute to Common Shareholders any net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) for each taxable year through its managed distributions or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gain and pay federal income

 

6


 

tax on the retained gain. Each Common Shareholder of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, his or her share of any retained gain, will be deemed to have paid his or her proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund on such retained gain, and will be entitled to an income tax credit or refund for that share of the tax. The Fund may treat any retained capital gain amount as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions. In addition, the Fund may make total distributions during a given calendar year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment income and net realized long-term capital gains for that calendar year, in which case the excess will generally be treated by shareholders as return of capital for tax purposes. A return of capital reduces a shareholder’s tax basis, which could result in more taxable gain when the shareholder sells his or her shares. This may cause the shareholder to pay taxes even if he or she sells shares for less than the original price.

 

  The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its quarterly distributions at any time, subject to a finding by the Fund’s Board that such change is in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as custodian of the Fund’s assets. ComputerShare Inc. serves as the Fund’s transfer agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.”

 

Special Risk Considerations

Investment in the Fund involves special risk considerations, which are summarized below. The Fund is designed as a long-term investment vehicle and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. See “Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of the special risk considerations of an investment in the Fund.

 

  Investment and Market Risk. An investment in the Fund’s Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions. See “Risks—Investment and Market Risk.”

 

  Recent Market Conditions.    The financial crisis in the U.S. and global economies over the past several years, including the European sovereign debt crisis, has resulted, and may continue to result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. Liquidity in some markets has decreased and credit has become scarcer worldwide. Recent regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements set forth by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (known as “Basel III”), may cause lending activity within the financial services sector to be constrained for several years as Basel III rules phase in and rules and regulations are promulgated and interpreted under the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

 

Since 2010, the risks of investing in certain foreign government debt have increased dramatically as a result of the ongoing European debt crisis,

 

7


 

which began in Greece and has spread to varying degrees throughout various other European countries. These debt crises and the ongoing efforts of governments around the world to address these debt crises have also resulted in increased volatility and uncertainty in the global securities markets and it is impossible to predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the Fund, though it is possible that these or similar events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund.

 

  In the United States, on August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. federal government debt to “AA+” from “AAA.” Any additional downgrade by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), or any other rating agency, could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt.

 

  Global economies and financial markets are also becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibilities that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. For example, in a referendum held on June 23, 2016, citizens of the United Kingdom voted to leave the European Union (“EU”), creating economic and political uncertainty in its wake. The country’s departure from the EU (known as “Brexit”) sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound, short-term declines in the stock markets and heightened risk of continued economic volatility worldwide.

 

  As a consequence of the United Kingdom’s vote to withdraw from the EU, the government of the United Kingdom has, pursuant to the Treaty of Lisbon (the “Treaty”), given notice of its withdrawal and the period to enter into negotiations with the EU Council to agree to terms for the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU has commenced. The Treaty provides for a two-year negotiation period, which may be shortened or extended by agreement of the parties. However, there is still considerable uncertainty relating to the potential consequences and precise timeframe for the exit, how the negotiations for the withdrawal and new trade agreements will be conducted, and whether the United Kingdom’s exit will increase the likelihood of other countries also departing the EU. During this period of uncertainty, the negative impact on not only the United Kingdom and European economies, but the broader global economy, could be significant, potentially resulting in increased volatility and illiquidity and lower economic growth for companies that rely significantly on Europe for their business activities and revenues. Any further exits from the EU, or the possibility of such exits, would likely cause additional market disruption globally and introduce new legal and regulatory uncertainties.

 

  The impact of these developments in the near- and long-term is unknown and could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.

 

 

Legislation and Regulatory Risk.    At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund, securities held by the Fund or the issuers of such securities. Fund shareholders may incur increased costs resulting from such legislation or additional regulation. There can be no

 

8


 

assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.

 

  Market Discount from Net Asset Value.    Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Fund have during some periods traded at prices higher than NAV and have during other periods traded at prices lower than NAV. The Fund cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s NAV could decrease as a result of investment activities. Investors bear a risk of loss to the extent that the price at which they sell their shares is lower in relation to the Fund’s NAV than at the time of purchase, assuming a stable NAV. Proceeds from the sale of Common Shares in this offering will be reduced by shareholder transaction costs (if applicable, which vary depending on the offering method used). The NAV per Common Share will be reduced by costs associated with any future issuances of Common Shares. Depending on the premium of Common Shares at the time of any offering of Common Shares hereunder, the Fund’s NAV may be reduced by an amount up to the offering costs (estimated to be an additional 0.56% of the offering price assuming a Common Share offering price of $17.81 (the Fund’s closing price on the NYSE on March 5, 2018)). Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “Risk Factors—Market Discount from Net Asset Value.”

 

  Equity Portfolio Risks

 

  Common Stock Risk.    Common stocks generally represent an ownership interest in an issuer, without preference over any other class of securities, including such issuer’s debt securities, preferred stock and other senior equity securities. Although common stocks historically have generated higher average returns than fixed-income securities, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks held by the Fund or to which it has exposure.

 

  Dividend Income Risk. A portion of the net investment income paid by the Fund to its Common Shareholders is derived from dividends it receives from the common stocks held in the Fund’s Equity Portfolio. Dividends paid on securities held by the Fund can vary significantly over the short-term and long-term. Dividends on common stocks are not fixed, but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of common stocks in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that if declared they will remain at current levels or increase over time.

 

  Option Strategy Risks

 

 

Call Option Risk. As the writer of a call option, the Fund foregoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security underlying the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the option, but will retain the risk of loss should the

 

9


 

market value of the security underlying the call option decline. The purchaser of the call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security over the exercise price upon the exercise of the call option or the expiration date. As the Fund increases the option overlay percentage, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited and the risk of net asset value erosion increases. If the Fund experiences net asset value erosion, which itself may have a negative effect on the market price of the Fund’s shares, the Fund will have a reduced asset base over which to write call options, which may eventually lead to reduced distributions to shareholders.

 

  In addition, because the exercise of index options is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Fund, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Fund bears a risk that the value of the securities held by the Fund will vary from the value of the S&P 500 Index and relative to the written index call option positions. Accordingly, the Fund may incur losses on the index call options that it has sold that exceed gains on the Fund’s equity portfolio. The value of index options written by the Fund, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks in the index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller.

 

  Tax Risk.    The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a calendar year may not finally be determined until after the end of that calendar year. In addition, there is a possibility that the Fund may make total distributions during a calendar year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment income and net realized capital gains for that calendar year. For example, because of the nature of the Fund’s investments, the Fund may distribute net short-term capital gains early in the calendar year, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting the short-term net capital gains for which distributions have already been made by the Fund. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed net investment income and net realized capital gains would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in his Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of his Common Shares. While a portion of the Fund’s income distributions will be classified as “qualified dividend income,” enabling individual investors who meet holding period and other requirements to receive the benefit of favorable tax treatment, there can be no assurance as to the percentage of the Fund’s income distributions that will be “qualified dividend income.” In addition, the Fund’s income distributions that qualify for favorable tax treatment may be affected by Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) interpretations of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and future changes in tax laws and regulations. Due to tax considerations, the Fund intends to maintain an overlap of less than 70% between the stocks held in the Equity Portfolio and the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. See “Risks—Tax Risk.”

 

10


  Non-U.S. Issuer Risk.    Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers involve special risks not presented by investments in securities of U.S. issuers, including the following: (i) less publicly available information about non-U.S. issuers or markets due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards or regulatory practices; (ii) many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile; (iii) potential adverse effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates or controls on the value of the Fund’s investments; (iv) the economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at slower rates than expected or may experience a downturn or recession; (v) the impact of economic, political, social or diplomatic events; (vi) possible seizure of a company’s assets; (vii) restrictions imposed by non-U.S. countries limiting the ability of non-U.S. issuers to make payments of principal and/or interest due to blockages of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise and (viii) withholding and other non-U.S. taxes may decrease the Fund’s return. These risks are more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging market countries.

 

  Illiquid Securities Risk.    Illiquid securities are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.

 

  Other Investment Companies Risk. The Fund may, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, invest in the securities of other investment companies including open-end and closed-end funds and ETFs. Such securities may be leveraged. As a result, the Fund may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities, which would magnify the Fund’s leverage risk. The Fund, as a holder of the securities of other investment companies, will bear its pro rata portion of the other investment companies’ expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Fund’s own operations. An ETF that is based on a specific index, whether stock or otherwise, may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities in the index. An ETF also incurs certain expenses not incurred by its applicable index. The market value of shares of ETFs and closed-end funds may differ from their NAV.

 

  Derivatives Risk, Including the Risk of Swaps. The Fund’s use of derivatives involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the investments underlying the derivatives. Whether the Fund’s use of derivatives is successful will depend on, among other things, if NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management correctly forecast market values, interest rates and other applicable factors. If NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management incorrectly forecast these and other factors, the investment performance of the Fund will be unfavorably affected. In addition, the derivatives market is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the derivatives market could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to successfully use derivative instruments.

 

 

The Fund may enter into various types of derivatives transactions, including futures, options, swaps (including credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and total return swaps), among others. Like most derivative instruments, the use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment

 

11


 

techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. In addition, the use of derivatives requires an understanding by Nuveen Asset Management not only of the referenced asset, rate or index, but also of the derivative contract itself and the markets in which they trade. Successful implementation of most hedging strategies would generate taxable income. The derivatives market is subject to a changing regulatory environment. It is possible that regulatory or other developments in the derivatives market could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to successfully use derivative instruments. See “Risk Factors—Derivatives Risk, Including the Risk of Swaps,” “Risk Factors—Counterparty Risk,” “Risk Factors—Hedging Risk,” “Risk Factors—Tax Risk” and the SAI.

 

  Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk. NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management each provide a wide array of portfolio management and other asset management services to a mix of clients and may engage in ordinary course activities in which their respective interests or those of their clients may compete or conflict with those of the Fund. For example, NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management may provide investment management services to other funds and accounts that follow investment objectives similar to those of the Fund. In certain circumstances, and subject to its fiduciary obligations under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Nuveen Asset Management may have to allocate a limited investment opportunity among its clients, which include closed-end funds, open-end funds and other commingled funds. NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management have each adopted policies and procedures designed to address such situations and other potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way in which NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management address such conflicts, please see the SAI.

 

  Anti-Takeover Provisions.    The Fund’s Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

 

  In addition, an investment in the Fund’s Common Shares raises other risks, which are more fully disclosed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Prospectus.

 

Voting Rights

All Common Shares have equal non-cumulative voting rights.

 

12


SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

 

The purpose of the table below and the Examples below are to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The table shows the expenses of the Fund as a percentage of the average net assets applicable to Common Shares, and not as a percentage of total assets or Managed Assets.

 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

 

Maximum Sales Charge

     4.00 %*

Offering Costs(1)

     0.56

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees(2)

   $ 2.50  

*  A maximum sales charge of 4.00% applies only to offerings pursuant to a syndicated underwriting. The maximum sales charge for offerings made at-the-market is 1.00%. There is no sales charge for offerings pursuant to a private transaction.

   

     As a Percentage of
Net Assets
Attributable to
Common Shares(3)


 

Annual Expenses

        

Management Fees

     0.82

Other Expenses(4)

     0.10
    


Total Annual Expenses

     0.92
    



(1) Assuming a Common Share offering price of $17.81 (the Fund’s closing price on the NYSE on March 5, 2018).

 

(2) You will be charged a $2.50 service charge and pay brokerage charges if you direct ComputerShare Inc. and ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A., as agent for the Common Shareholders (the “Plan Agent”), to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.

 

(3) Stated as a percentage of average net assets attributable to Common Shares for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

(4) Other Expenses is based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. Expenses attributable to the Fund’s investments, if any, in other investment companies are currently estimated not to exceed 0.01%. See “Portfolio Composition—Other Investment Companies” in the SAI.

 

See “Management of the Fund—Investment Adviser.”

 

Examples

 

The following examples illustrate the expenses, including the applicable transaction fees (referred to as the “Maximum Sales Charge” in the fee table above), if any, and estimated offering costs of $5.60 that a Common Shareholder would pay on a $1,000 investment that is held for the time periods provided in the table. Each example assumes that all dividends and other distributions are reinvested in the Fund and that the Fund’s Annual Expenses, as provided above, remain the same. The examples also assume a 5% annual return.(1)

 

Example # 1 (At-the-Market Transaction)

 

The following example assumes a transaction fee of 1.00%, as a percentage of the offering price.

 

1 Year

  3 Years

  5 Years

  10 Years

$25   $44   $66   $127

 

13


Example # 2 (Underwriting Syndicate Transaction)

 

The following example assumes a transaction fee of 4.00%, as a percentage of the offering price.

 

1 Year

  3 Years

  5 Years

  10 Years

$55   $74   $94   $154

 

Example # 3 (Privately Negotiated Transaction)

 

The following example assumes there is no transaction fee.

 

1 Year

  3 Years

  5 Years

  10 Years

$15   $35   $56   $118

 

The examples should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown above.

 


(1) 

The examples assume that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at Common Share NAV. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

 

 

14


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The following Financial Highlights table is intended to help a prospective investor understand the Fund’s financial performance for the periods shown. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Common Share of the Fund. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in Common Shares of the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends). The Fund’s annual financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2008, including the financial highlights for the fiscal years then ended, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not reviewed or examined any records, transactions or events after the date of such reports. A copy of the Annual Report may be obtained from www.sec.gov or by visiting www.nuveen.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of this Prospectus. Past results are not indicative of future performance.

 

The following per share data and ratios have been derived from information provided in the financial statements.

 

Selected data for a share outstanding throughout each period:

 

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2017

    2016

    2015

    2014

    2013

    2012

    2011

    2010

    2009

    2008

 

PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE

                                                                               

Beginning Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

  $ 14.98     $ 14.72     $ 15.61     $ 15.68     $ 14.36     $ 13.96     $ 14.41     $ 13.87     $ 13.17     $ 19.31  

Investment Operations:

                                                                               

Net Investment Income (Loss)(a)

    0.19       0.20       0.20       0.19       0.22       0.25       0.24       0.24       0.26       0.36  

Net Realized/ Unrealized Gain (Loss)

    2.29       1.04       (0.05     0.78       2.22       1.27       0.42       1.42       1.55       (5.02
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total

    2.48       1.24       0.15       0.97       2.44       1.52       0.66       1.66       1.81       (4.66
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Less Distributions:

                                                                               

From Net Investment Income

    (0.19     (0.85     (0.70     (0.19     (0.22     (0.26     (0.40     (0.24     (0.27     (0.40

From Accumulated Net Realized Gains

                                                    (0.21     (1.09

Return of Capital

    (0.80     (0.13     (0.34     (0.85     (0.90     (0.86     (0.72     (0.88     (0.64      
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total

    (0.99     (0.98     (1.04     (1.04     (1.12     (1.12     (1.12     (1.12     (1.12     (1.49
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Discount From Shares Repurchased and Retired

                                      0.01             0.01       0.01  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Ending NAV

  $ 16.47     $ 14.98     $ 14.72     $ 15.61     $ 15.68     $ 14.36     $ 13.96     $ 14.41     $ 13.87     $ 13.17  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Ending Share Price

  $ 17.31     $ 14.40     $ 13.47     $ 14.30     $ 14.12     $ 12.93     $ 12.07     $ 13.85     $ 13.09     $ 10.77  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Returns:

                                                                               

Based on NAV(b)

    16.91     8.73     1.09     6.37     17.47     11.03     4.89     12.60     14.77     (25.38 )% 

Based on Share Price(b)

    27.91     14.75     1.70     8.88     18.32     16.58     (4.88 )%      14.90     33.63     (30.09 )% 

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

                                                                               

Ending Net Assets (000)

  $ 266,065     $ 242,003     $ 237,809     $ 252,080     $ 253,216     $ 232,005     $ 225,664     $ 235,095     $ 226,187     $ 216,044  

Ratios to Average Net Assets:

                                                                               

Expenses

    0.92     0.93     0.92     0.96     0.96     0.96     0.96     0.98     0.98     0.96

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    1.18     1.39     1.32     1.23     1.43     1.74     1.66     1.75     1.99     2.13

Portfolio Turnover Rate(c)

    11     13     21     8     1     1     4     3     6     12

 

15



(a) Per share Net Investment Income (Loss) is calculated using the average daily shares method.

 

(b) Total Return Based on NAV is the combination of changes in NAV, reinvested dividend income at NAV and reinvested capital gains distributions at NAV, if any. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending NAV. The actual reinvest price for the last dividend declared in the period may often be based on the Fund’s market price (and not its NAV), and therefore may be different from the price used in the calculation. Total returns are not annualized.

 

   Total Return Based on Share Price is the combination of changes in the market price per share and the effect of reinvested dividend income and reinvested capital gains distributions, if any, at the average price paid per share at the time of reinvestment. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending market price. The actual reinvestment for the last dividend declared in the period may take place over several days, and in some instances may not be based on the market price, so the actual reinvestment price may be different from the price used in the calculation. Total returns are not annualized.

 

(c) Portfolio Turnover Rate is calculated based on the lesser of long-term purchases or sales divided by the average long-term market value during the period.

 

* Rounds to less than $.01 per share.

 

16


TRADING AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION

 

The following table shows for the periods indicated: (i) the high and low sales prices for the Common Shares reported as of the end of the day on the NYSE, (ii) the high and low net asset values of the Common Shares, and (iii) the high and low of the premium/(discount) to NAV (expressed as a percentage) of the Common Shares.

 

     Market Price

     Net Asset Value

     Premium/(Discount)

 

Fiscal Quarter Ended


   High

     Low

     High

     Low

         High    

         Low    

 

December 2017

   $ 17.39      $ 15.54      $ 16.63      $ 16.02        5.14%        (3.00)%  

September 2017

   $ 15.70      $ 15.10      $ 16.11      $ 15.66        (1.57)%        (5.07)%  

June 2017

   $ 16.19      $ 14.72      $ 15.94      $ 15.21        1.89%        (4.48)%  

March 2017

   $ 15.68      $ 14.18      $ 15.79      $ 15.10        0.19%        (6.46)%  

December 2016

   $ 14.63      $ 13.12      $ 15.34      $ 14.37        (3.37)%        (9.60)%  

September 2016

   $ 14.17      $ 13.47      $ 15.08      $ 14.46        (5.60)%        (7.52)%  

June 2016

   $ 13.90      $ 13.01      $ 14.87      $ 14.03        (6.02)%        (9.24)%  

March 2016

   $ 13.41      $ 11.69      $ 14.58      $ 13.43        (7.49)%        (13.73)%  

 

The NAV per share, the market price and percentage of premium/(discount) to NAV per Common Share on March 5, 2018 was $16.56, $17.81 and 7.55%, respectively. As of February 28, 2018, the Fund had 16,155,754 Common Shares outstanding and net assets applicable to Common Shares of $266,768,071. See “Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.”

 

THE FUND

 

The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on November 11, 2004, pursuant to the Declaration, which is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Fund’s Common Shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SPXX.” The Fund’s principal office is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, and its telephone number is (800) 257-8787.

 

The Fund’s principal office is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, and its telephone number is (800) 257-8787.

 

The following provides information about the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares as of February 28, 2018:

 

Title of Class


   Amount
Authorized

     Amount Held
by the Fund or
for its Account

     Amount
Outstanding

 

Common

     unlimited        0        16,155,754  

 

17


5% Shareholders

 

The following table sets forth the percentage ownership of each person who, as of March 29, 2018, owned of record, or was known by the Fund to own of record or beneficially, 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s equity securities:*

 

Name of Equity Security


  

Name and Address of Owner


  

% of Beneficial Ownership


 

Common Shares

  

First Trust Portfolios L.P.

120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400

Wheaton, IL 60787

First Trust Advisors L.P.

120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400

Wheaton, IL 60787

The Charger Corporation

120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400

Wheaton, IL 60787

     10.44

* The information contained in this table is based on a Schedule 13G filing made January 18, 2018

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds from the issuance of Common Shares hereunder will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as stated below. Pending investment, the timing of which may vary depending on the size of the investment but in no case is expected to exceed 30 days, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term or long-term securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities or in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

 

Investment Objectives and Policies

 

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek attractive total return with less volatility than the S&P 500 Index. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective is considered fundamental and may not be changed without shareholder approval. Unless otherwise specified, the Fund’s investment policies are considered non-fundamental.

 

The Fund will pursue its investment objective by investing in an equity portfolio and utilizing a dynamic options strategy. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest its Managed Assets in an equity portfolio designed to broadly track the return and risk characteristics of the S&P 500 Index and apply a dynamic call option overwrite strategy.

 

Equity Portfolio.    Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest its Managed Assets in a diversified equity portfolio that seeks to substantially replicate price movements of the S&P 500 Index (the “Equity Portfolio”) that seeks to substantially replicate price movements of the S&P 500 Index and is designed to support the Fund’s Option Strategy (as defined below). Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the Equity Portfolio. Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects to invest substantially all (at least 90%) of its Managed Assets in the Equity Portfolio or otherwise in pursuit of its investment objective.

 

The securities or other instruments included in the Equity Portfolio will be selected and periodically rebalanced utilizing statistical methods including, but not limited to, optimization and a variety of other quantitative modeling techniques. However, due to U.S. federal income tax considerations, the Fund intends to limit the overlap between the components of the Equity Portfolio (and any subset thereof) and the constituent securities of the S&P 500 Index to less than 70% (generally based on the value of such components) on an

 

18


ongoing basis. As a result, the Fund will not hold all of the common stocks in the S&P 500 Index, or in the same weightings as in the S&P 500 Index, and returns on the Equity Portfolio are not intended to exactly match those of the S&P 500 Index. The portion of the Equity Portfolio invested in securities or other instruments other than individual securities comprising the S&P 500 Index will be selected to match the characteristics of the index with limited tracking error.

 

The Fund’s policy of investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets, including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the Equity Portfolio is not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed without a vote of the common shareholders. However, this policy may only be changed by the Fund’s Board following the provision of 60 days’ prior written notice to common shareholders.

 

Option Strategy.    The Fund employs a dynamic option strategy consisting of writing (selling) index call options, call options on custom baskets of securities, and covered call options on individual securities (the “Option Strategy”). The Fund targets an overwrite level of 55% of the value of its Equity Portfolio over time, and the overwrite level will vary between 35% to 75% of the value of the Equity Portfolio based on the portfolio manager’s assessment of market conditions. In addition to a primary emphasis on writing call options to reduce downside risk and volatility of the Equity Portfolio, the Options Strategy as a secondary emphasis seeks additional return opportunities through a variety of means including the use of call spreads and selling put options.

 

In applying the Option Strategy, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for determining the notional value, timing, type and terms of the options strategies used by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser actively manages the Fund’s options positions. In the Sub-Adviser’s discretion, the Fund may purchase back call options or allow them to expire. To determine the options strategies used, the Sub-Adviser considers market factors, such as current market levels and volatility, and option-specific factors, including but not limited to premium/cost, exercise price and expiration. The Sub-Adviser typically seeks to construct a portfolio of call options that is diversified across multiple strike prices and expiration dates based on current market expectations.

 

The Fund’s strategy of using the S&P 500 Index as the relevant benchmark for the Equity Portfolio and Option Strategy is not considered fundamental and can be changed without a vote of the common shareholders. However, any use of an alternative index must be approved by the Fund’s Board and is subject to 60 days’ written notice to common shareholders.

 

The Fund also may enter into certain derivatives instruments in pursuit of its investment objective. Such instruments include futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements and other derivative instruments consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. These types of strategies may generate taxable income. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Composition and Other Information—Derivatives.”

 

The Fund may, from time to time, manage its cash by investing a part of its assets in short-term, high quality fixed-income securities. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest no more than 10% of its assets in such securities.

 

The Fund may invest in illiquid securities without limit.

 

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar denominated, which may include securities of issuers located, or conducting their business, in emerging market countries.

 

Consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, the Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies such as, among others, exchange-traded funds, subject to limitations imposed by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders issued by the SEC.

 

During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may deviate from its investment objective and invest all or a portion of its assets in investment grade debt securities, including obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities.

 

19


The Fund cannot change its investment objective without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and, if applicable, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Preferred Shares voting as a separate class. When used with respect to particular shares of the Fund, a “majority of the outstanding” shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less. See “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares—Voting Rights” and the SAI under “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares—Voting Rights” for additional information with respect to the voting rights of holders of Preferred shares. See also “Management of the Fund.”

 

Fund Management

 

NFALLC is the Fund’s investment adviser, responsible for the Fund’s overall investment strategy and its implementation.

 

NFALLC will oversee Nuveen Asset Management in its management of the Fund’s portfolio. This oversight will include ongoing evaluation of Nuveen Asset Management’s investment performance, portfolio allocations, quality of investment process and personnel, compliance with Fund and regulatory guidelines, trade allocation and execution and other factors.

 

Nuveen Asset Management will invest the Fund’s Managed Assets in the Equity Portfolio that seeks to substantially replicate price movements of the S&P 500 Index. Nuveen Asset Management also will manage the Fund’s Option Strategy. The Fund’s Option Strategy will consist of selling call options covering between 35% and 75% of the value of the Fund’s equity portfolio, with a long-run target of 55%, in seeking to enhance the portfolio’s risk-adjusted returns. By selling call options on less than the full value of the Equity Portfolio, the Fund retains any potential capital appreciation or depreciation on the portion of the Equity Portfolio not effectively subject to the call options.

 

Investment Philosophy

 

Investment Philosophy.    Nuveen Asset Management believes an option strategy that combines selling call options and holding a broadly diversified equity portfolio may provide superior risk-adjusted returns than holding a standalone equity portfolio. An actively managed option strategy may be an effective risk management tool that results in an improved reward-to-risk ratio, greater return consistency and the potential for greater preservation of portfolio value in adverse markets.

 

Nuveen Asset Management believes index options may achieve better tax and transactional efficiency than options on individual stocks because index options are cash-settled with known exercise dates. Additionally, markets for index options are deeper, more liquid and result in lower transaction costs.

 

Nuveen Asset Management further believes that its integrated strategy of selling index call options (supported by an underlying equity portfolio) should generally provide returns that are superior to simply owning the underlying equity market index under three different stock market scenarios: (i) moderately rising markets; (ii) stable or flat markets; (iii) moderately down trending markets. In strongly rising equity markets the option strategy would generally be expected to underperform the underlying index.

 

Investment Process.

 

Option Strategy. Nuveen Asset Management employs a dynamic option strategy consisting of writing (selling) index call options, call options on custom baskets of securities, and covered call options on individual securities. The Fund targets an overwrite level of 55% of the value of its Equity Portfolio over time, and the overwrite level will vary between 35% to 75% of the value of the Equity Portfolio based on the portfolio manager’s assessment of market conditions. Nuveen Asset Management’s option strategy is supported by

 

20


investments in a diversified portfolio of stocks that seek to substantially replicate the price movements of the S&P 500 Index.

 

Nuveen Asset Management actively manages its option positions, purchasing back the S&P 500 Index call options and/or selling additional contracts based on relative value and risk/return analysis. To determine which S&P 500 Index options to utilize, Nuveen Asset Management considers market factors, such as current market levels and volatility, and option-specific factors (including but not limited to premium/cost, exercise price and expiration). Nuveen Asset Management seeks to construct a portfolio of index call options that is diversified across multiple strike prices and expiration dates.

 

Equity Portfolio. Nuveen Asset Management uses a multi-factor quantitative model to construct the Equity Portfolio. The model evaluates approximately 9,000 domestic and non-U.S. stocks to construct a portfolio of 200 to 400 stocks that meets criteria and constraints established by Nuveen Asset Management. Portfolio parameters may include, but are not limited to: tracking error of the portfolio to the S&P 500 Index, overlap of holdings with the S&P 500 Index and dividend yield. In addition, Nuveen Asset Management will consider the tax consequences of certain transactions within the Equity Portfolio and intends to manage the portfolio in a tax-efficient manner by taking, for example, capital losses when possible to offset realized capital gains. Nuveen Asset Management will rebalance and adjust the Equity Portfolio as necessary for tracking and tax management purposes.

 

Portfolio Composition and Other Information

 

The Fund’s portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments.

 

Common Stocks.    The Fund expects to invest in a portfolio of individual common stocks designed to replicate the risk and return profile of the S&P 500 Index. The Fund may also invest in pooled securities, including ETFs, that provide similar exposure to individual common stocks consistent with the Fund’s investment objective. Common stock generally represents an equity ownership interest in an issuer. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may under-perform relative to fixed-income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or the occurrence of political or economic events which effect the issuers. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, which increases borrowing costs and the costs of capital.

 

Call Options. In carrying out its options strategy, the Fund may write index call options on the S&P 500 Index and other broad-based indices and may, if the Sub-Adviser deems conditions appropriate, write call options on a variety of other equity market indices. As the seller of an index call option, the Fund receives a premium from the purchaser. The purchaser of the index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price upon the exercise of the call option or the expiration date. If, at expiration, the purchaser exercises the index option sold by the Fund, the Fund will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price of the index option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the Fund as the seller of the index call option.

 

The Fund may also write call options on custom baskets of securities. A custom basket call option is an OTC option with a counterparty whose value is linked to the market value of a portfolio of underlying securities and is collateralized by a portion of the Fund’s equity portfolio. In designing the custom basket call options, the Sub-Adviser will primarily select assets not held by the Fund. In order to minimize the difference between the

 

21


returns of the underlying securities in the custom basket (commonly referred to as a tracking error), the Sub-Adviser will use optimization calculations when selecting the individual securities for inclusion in the custom basket.

 

The Fund may also write single name call options on individual stocks. With respect to call options written on individual securities, the Fund will not write “naked” or uncovered call options. A call option written by the Fund on an individual security is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration. The Fund, in effect, sells the potential appreciation in the value of the security subject to the call option in exchange for the premium. The Fund may execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has sold and sell another option (with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both). The Fund’s objective in entering into such a closing transaction will be to optimize net index option premiums. The cost of a closing transaction may reduce the net option premiums realized from the sale of the option. This reduction could be offset, at least in part, by appreciation in the value of the underlying security held in the Fund’s equity portfolio, and by the opportunity to realize additional premium income from selling a new option.

 

Other Investments.    The Fund may invest in other securities as described below:

 

U.S. Government Securities.    U.S. Government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance: U.S. Treasury bills (maturities of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturities of one year to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years) and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities that are supported by any of the following: (i) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, (ii) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to a specific line of credit from the U.S. Treasury, (iii) discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the U.S. Government agency or instrumentality or (iv) the credit of the agency or instrumentality. The Fund also may invest in any other security or agreement collateralized or otherwise secured by U.S. Government securities. Agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government include but are not limited to: Federal Land Banks, Federal Financing Banks, Banks for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Farm Credit Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal National Mortgage Association, Government National Mortgage Association, Student Loan Marketing Association, U.S. Postal Service, Small Business Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority and any other enterprise established or sponsored by the U.S. Government. Because the U.S. Government generally is not obligated to provide support to its instrumentalities, the Fund will invest in obligations issued by these instrumentalities only if Nuveen Asset Management determines that the credit risk with respect to such obligations is minimal.

 

Commercial Paper.    Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies.

 

Repurchase Agreements.    The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements (the purchase of a security coupled with an agreement to resell that security at a higher price) with respect to its permitted investments. The Fund’s repurchase agreements will provide that the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will always be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the agreement, and will be marked-to-market daily.

 

Other Securities.    The Fund may invest in other securities discussed in more detail in the SAI.

 

Securities Issued by Non-U.S. Issuers.    The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated, which may include securities of issuers located, or conducting their business, in emerging market countries.

 

22


Illiquid Securities.    The Fund may invest in securities and other instruments that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable). For this purpose, illiquid securities may include, but are not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws), securities that may only be resold pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, that are deemed to be illiquid, and certain repurchase agreements. The Board or its delegate has the ultimate authority to determine which securities are liquid or illiquid. The Board has delegated to the Advisers the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any security held by the Fund, although it has retained oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. No definitive liquidity criteria are used. The Board has directed the Advisers when making liquidity determinations to look for such factors as (i) the nature of the market for a security (including the institutional private resale market; the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; the amount of time normally needed to dispose of the security; and the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer), (ii) the terms of certain securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof (e.g., certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments), and (iii) other relevant factors.

 

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Illiquid securities will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or its delegate.

 

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions.    The Fund may buy and sell securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, making payment or taking delivery at a later date, normally within 15 to 45 days of the trade date. This type of transaction may involve an element of risk because no interest accrues on the securities prior to settlement and, because securities are subject to market fluctuations, the value of the securities at time of delivery may be less (or more) than their cost. A separate account of the Fund will be established with its custodian consisting of cash equivalents or liquid securities having a market value at all times at least equal to the amount of any delayed payment commitment.

 

Debt Securities; Defensive Position.    Under normal circumstances, the Fund may invest in investment grade debt securities. During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may deviate from its investment objectives and invest all or any portion of its assets in investment grade debt securities, including obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities. In such a case, the Fund may not pursue or achieve its investment objectives.

 

Other Investment Companies.    The Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies such as, among others, ETFs, subject to limitations imposed by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In addition, the Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets in pooled investment vehicles (other than investment companies) that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. The Fund generally expects that it may invest in other investment companies and/or pooled investment vehicles during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as during periods when there is a shortage of attractive securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly available in the market. As an investor in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The Sub-Adviser will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in the investment company relative to available securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and therefore will be subject to leverage risks.

 

 

23


Derivatives.    The Fund may invest in certain derivative instruments in pursuit of its investment objectives. Such instruments include futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements and other derivative instruments consistent with its investment objective and policies. Credit default swaps may require initial premium (discount) payments as well as periodic payments (receipts) related to the interest leg of the swap or to the default of a reference obligation. If the Fund is a seller of a contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, with respect to such debt obligations. In return, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. If the Fund is a buyer of a contract, the Fund would have the right to deliver a referenced debt obligation and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of such debt obligation from the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event (such as a credit downgrade) by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporation, with respect to its debt obligations. In return, the Fund would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the counterparty would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Fund. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with a counterparty of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments. The Fund will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.

 

See “Hedging Strategies and Other Uses of Derivatives” and “Segregation of Assets” in the SAI.

 

The requirements for qualification as a RIC may also limit the extent to which the Fund may employ futures, options on futures or swaps.

 

There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management will determine to use them for the Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful.

 

Swap Transactions.    The Fund may enter into total return, interest rate and credit default swap agreements and interest rate caps, floors and collars. The Fund may also enter into options on the foregoing types of swap agreements (“swap options”).

 

The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any purpose consistent with its investment objective and strategies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, as a duration management technique, to reduce risk arising from the ownership of a particular instrument, or to gain exposure to certain sectors or markets in the most economical way possible.

 

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for a specified period of time. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on a particular predetermined asset, reference rate or index. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount, e.g., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. The notional amount of the swap agreement generally is only used as a basis upon which to calculate the obligations that the parties to the swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Fund’s current obligations under a net swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by assets determined to be liquid by Nuveen Asset Management. See “—Segregation of Assets” below.

 

24


Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors.    Interest rate swaps are bilateral contracts in which each party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on different referenced interest rates (e.g., a fixed rate and a floating rate) applied to a specified notional amount. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index rises above a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. Interest rate collars involve selling a cap and purchasing a floor or vice versa to protect the Fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

 

The use of interest rate transactions, such as interest rate swaps and caps, is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate swaps or caps could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Fund’s Common Shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate swap or cap could decline, and could result in a decline in the NAV of the Common Shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Fund’s fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce common share net earnings. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance Common Share net earnings. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the Common Shares by providing a maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net earnings of the common shares in the event that the premium paid by the Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional amount such Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement.

 

Total Return Swaps.    In a total return swap, one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. A total return swap may be applied to any underlying asset but is most commonly used with equity indices, single stocks, bonds and defined baskets of loans and mortgages. The Fund might enter into a total return swap involving an underlying index or basket of securities to create exposure to a potentially widely diversified range of securities in a single trade. An index total return swap can be used by the portfolio managers to assume risk, without the complications of buying the component securities from what may not always be the most liquid of markets. In connection with the Fund’s position in a swap contract, the Fund will segregate liquid assets or will otherwise cover its position in accordance with applicable SEC requirements. See “—Segregation of Assets” below.

 

Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap is a bilateral contract that enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a defined-issuer credit event. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements either as a buyer or a seller. The Fund may buy protection to attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in an individual security or a segment of the fixed income securities market to which it has exposure, or to take a “short” position in individual bonds or market segments which it does not own. The Fund may sell protection in an attempt to gain exposure to the credit quality characteristics of particular bonds or market segments without investing directly in those bonds or market segments. As the buyer of protection in a credit default swap, the Fund would pay a premium (by means of an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement) in return for the right to deliver a referenced bond or group of bonds to the protection seller and receive the full notional or par value (or other agreed upon value) upon a default (or similar event) by the issuer(s) of the underlying referenced obligation(s). If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligation to the Fund. Thus, the cost to the Fund would be the premium paid with respect to the agreement. If a credit event occurs, however, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. The Fund bears the risk that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations.

 

25


If the Fund is a seller of protection in a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund would generally receive an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a credit event occurs, however, generally the Fund would have to pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the protection seller, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Thus, the Fund bears the same risk as it would by buying the reference obligations directly, plus the additional risks related to obtaining investment exposure through a derivative instrument discussed below under “—Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.”

 

Swap Options.    A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms. A cash-settled option on a swap gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to receive an amount of cash equal to the value of the underlying swap as of the exercise date. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund generally would incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund would become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

 

Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.    The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If NFALLC and/or Nuveen Asset Management is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors or events, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund generally may only close out a swap, cap, floor, collar or other two-party contract with its particular counterparty, and generally may only transfer a position with the consent of that counterparty. In addition, the price at which the Fund may close out such a two party contract may not correlate with the price change in the underlying reference asset. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there can be no assurance that the counterparty will be able to meet its contractual obligations or that the Fund will succeed in enforcing its rights. It also is possible that developments in the derivatives market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap or other agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

 

Futures and Options on Futures Generally.    A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security, index or interest rate (each a “financial instrument”) for a set price on a future date. Certain futures contracts, such as futures contracts relating to individual securities, call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument. However, these contracts generally are closed out before delivery by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale of a matching futures contract (same exchange, underlying financial instrument, and delivery month). Other futures contracts, such as futures contracts on interest rates and indices, do not call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument, but rather are agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the financial instrument at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally written. These contracts also may be settled by entering into an offsetting futures contract. Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the futures broker, known as a FCM, an amount of cash or securities equal to a varying specified percentage of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. The margin deposit is intended to ensure completion of the contract. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and may be revised. In

 

26


addition, FCMs may establish margin deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Cash held in the margin account generally is not income producing. However, coupon bearing securities, such as Treasury securities, held in margin accounts generally will earn income. Subsequent payments to and from the FCM, called variation margin, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying financial instrument fluctuates, making the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as marking the contract to market. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Fund as unrealized gains or losses. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate its position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a gain or loss. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Fund, the Fund may be entitled to the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Futures transactions also involve brokerage costs and the Fund may have to segregate additional liquid assets in accordance with applicable SEC requirements. See “—Segregation of Assets” below.

 

A futures option gives the purchaser of such option the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the purchaser acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. Upon the exercise of a put option, the opposite is true.

 

Segregation of Assets.    As a closed-end investment company registered with the SEC, the Fund is subject to the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, and various interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff. In accordance with these laws, rules and positions, the Fund must “set aside” (often referred to as “asset segregation”) liquid assets, or engage in other SEC or staff-approved measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivatives instruments. In the case of forward currency contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, for example, the Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to such contracts’ full notional value while the positions are open. With respect to forward currency contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Fund is permitted to set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the contracts, if any, rather than such contracts’ full notional value. The Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff regarding asset segregation. To the extent that the Fund uses its assets to cover its obligations as required by the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, and applicable positions of the SEC and its staff, such assets may not be used for other operational purposes. NFALLC and/or Nuveen Asset Management will monitor the Fund’s use of derivatives and will take action as necessary for the purpose of complying with the asset segregation policy stated above. Such actions may include the sale of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

 

Limitations on the Use of Futures, Futures Options and Swaps.    If futures are used for hedging purposes, there can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the futures contract and in the underlying financial instruments that are being hedged. This could result from differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the financial instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading (e.g., differences in interest rate levels, maturities and the creditworthiness of issuers) among other factors. In addition, price movements of futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with price movements of the financial instruments underlying the futures contracts due to certain market distortions.

 

Successful use of futures by the Fund also is subject to Nuveen Asset Management’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the relevant market. For example, if the Fund uses futures to hedge against the possibility of a decline in the market value of securities held in its portfolio and the prices of such securities increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of the securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. Furthermore, if in such circumstances the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements. The Fund may have to sell such securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

 

27


There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a derivatives or futures or a futures option position, and the Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.

 

Inter-Fund Borrowing and Lending.    The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has granted an exemptive order permitting registered open-end and closed-end Nuveen funds, including the Fund, to participate in an inter-fund lending facility whereby the Nuveen funds may directly lend to and borrow money from each other for temporary purposes (e.g., to satisfy redemption requests or when a sale of securities “fails,” resulting in an unanticipated cash shortfall) (the “Inter-Fund Program”). The Fund will participate only as a lender, and not as a borrower, in the Inter-Fund Program. The Inter-Fund Program is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, the requirements that (1) no fund may borrow or lend money through the Inter-Fund Program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than is typically available from a bank or other financial institution for a comparable transaction; (2) no fund may borrow on an unsecured basis through the Inter-Fund Program unless the fund’s outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the inter-fund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided that if the borrowing fund has a secured borrowing outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another fund, the inter-fund loan must be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value; (3) if a fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an inter-fund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total assets, the fund may borrow through the inter-fund loan on a secured basis only; (4) no fund may lend money if the loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the Inter-Fund Program to exceed 15% of its net assets at the time of the loan; (5) a fund’s inter-fund loans to any one fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending fund’s net assets; (6) the duration of inter-fund loans will be limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event more than seven days; and (7) each inter-fund loan may be called on one business day’s notice by a lending fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing fund. In addition, a Nuveen fund may participate in the Inter-Fund Program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with the fund’s investment objective and investment policies. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Inter-Fund Program.

 

The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting the Inter-Fund Program are designed to minimize the risks associated with Inter-Fund Program for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When a fund borrows money from another fund, there is a risk that the loan could be called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the borrowing fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher rate or take other actions to payoff such loan if an inter-fund loan is not available from another fund. When a fund lends money to another fund, any delay in repayment to the lending fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional borrowing costs.

 

In May 2017, the Board approved the Nuveen funds’ (including the Fund’s) participation in the Inter-Fund Program. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Fund did not enter into any inter-fund loan activity.

 

Portfolio Turnover.    The Fund may engage in portfolio trading when considered appropriate, but short-term trading in the Fund’s Equity Portfolio will not be used as the primary means of achieving the Fund’s investment objectives. Although the Fund cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 50% under normal circumstances. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Fund’s

 

28


portfolio turnover rate was 11%. However, there are no limits on the rate of portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when investment considerations warrant such action. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund, which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. See “Tax Matters.”

 

USE OF LEVERAGE

 

As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes and may enter into certain derivatives transactions that have the economic effect of leverage by creating additional investment exposure.

 

RISKS

 

The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.

 

Investment and Market Risk

 

An investment in the Fund’s Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.

 

Recent Market Circumstances

 

The financial crisis in the U.S. and global economies over the past several years, including the European sovereign debt crisis, has resulted, and may continue to result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. Liquidity in some markets has decreased and credit has become scarcer worldwide. Recent regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Act and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under Basel III, may cause lending activity within the financial services sector to be constrained for several years as Basel III rules phase in and rules and regulations are promulgated and interpreted under the Dodd-Frank Act. These market conditions may continue or deteriorate further and may add significantly to the risk of short-term volatility in the Fund. In response to the crisis, the U.S. and other governments and the Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks have taken steps to support financial markets. Withdrawal of this support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding, could adversely impact the value and liquidity of certain securities. Because the situation is widespread and largely unprecedented, it may be unusually difficult to identify both risks and opportunities using past models of the interplay of market forces, or to predict the duration of these market conditions. The severity or duration of these conditions may also be affected by policy changes made by governments or quasi-governmental organizations. Changes in market conditions will not have the same impact on all types of securities.

 

Since 2010, the risks of investing in certain foreign government debt have increased dramatically as a result of the ongoing European debt crisis, which began in Greece and has spread to varying degrees throughout various other European countries. These debt crises and the ongoing efforts of governments around the world to

 

29


address these debt crises have also resulted in increased volatility and uncertainty in the global securities markets and it is impossible to predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the Fund, though it is possible that these or similar events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund.

 

In the United States, on August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. federal government debt to “AA+” from “AAA.” Any additional downgrade by S&P, or any other rating agency, could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt.

 

Global economies and financial markets are also becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibilities that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. For example, during the summer of 2015, stock markets in China suffered a significant downturn, which continues to persist, and is expected to continue to slow economic growth in China. The slowdown in the Chinese economy could negatively affect the country’s major trading partners and could, in turn, widely affect the global financial markets. State involvement in the Chinese economy and stock markets is such that it may be difficult to predict or gauge the extent or duration of the slowdown.

 

In addition, in a referendum held on June 23, 2016, citizens of the United Kingdom voted to leave the EU, creating economic and political uncertainty in its wake. The country’s departure from the EU (known as “Brexit”) sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound, short-term declines in the stock markets and heightened risk of continued economic volatility worldwide.

 

As a consequence of the United Kingdom’s vote to withdraw from the EU, the government of the United Kingdom may, pursuant to the Treaty, give notice of its withdrawal and enter into negotiations with the EU Council to agree to terms for the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU. The Treaty provides for a two-year negotiation period, which may be shortened or extended by agreement of the parties. However, there is still considerable uncertainty relating to the potential consequences and precise timeframe for the exit, how the negotiations for the withdrawal and new trade agreements will be conducted, and whether the United Kingdom’s exit will increase the likelihood of other countries also departing the EU. During this period of uncertainty, the negative impact on not only the United Kingdom and European economies, but the broader global economy, could be significant, potentially resulting in increased volatility and illiquidity and lower economic growth for companies that rely significantly on Europe for their business activities and revenues. Any further exits from the EU, or the possibility of such exits, would likely cause additional market disruption globally and introduce new legal and regulatory uncertainties.

 

The impact of these developments in the near- and long-term is unknown and could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

 

The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria, Russia, Ukraine and the Middle East, possible terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, growing social and political discord in the United States, the European debt crisis, the response of the international community—through economic sanctions and otherwise—to Russia’s recent annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine and posture vis-a-vis Ukraine, further downgrade of U.S. Government securities and other similar events, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Fund does not know and cannot predict how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and the effects of these and similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. The Fund may be adversely affected by abrogation of international agreements and national laws which have created the market instruments in which the Fund may invest, failure of the designated national and international authorities to enforce compliance with the same laws and agreements, failure of local, national and international organization to carry out their duties prescribed to them under the relevant agreements,

 

30


revisions of these laws and agreements which dilute their effectiveness or conflicting interpretation of provisions of the same laws and agreements. The Fund may be adversely affected by uncertainties such as terrorism, international political developments, and changes in government policies, taxation, restrictions on foreign investment and currency repatriation, currency fluctuations and other developments in the laws and regulations of the countries in which it is invested.

 

Legislation and Regulatory Risk

 

At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund, securities held by the Fund or the issuers of such securities. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities and/or securities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Fund shareholders may incur increased costs resulting from such legislation or additional regulation. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.

 

For example, the Dodd-Frank Act is designed to impose stringent regulation on the over-the-counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability and provides for, among other things, new clearing, execution, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, business conduct, disclosure, position limit, minimum net capital and registration requirements. Although the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) has released final rules under the Dodd-Frank Act, many of the provisions are subject to further final rulemaking, and thus the Dodd-Frank Act’s ultimate impact remains unclear.

 

The SEC recently proposed rules governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, which could affect the nature and extent of derivatives use by the Fund. The proposed rules have not yet been adopted and therefore the full impact of such rules is uncertain at this time. It is possible that such rules, if adopted, could limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund.

 

Additionally, the Fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the Fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” under Rule 4.5 promulgated by the CFTC pursuant to its authority under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator.” As a result, the Fund is limited in its ability to use commodity futures (which include futures on broad-based securities indexes and interest rate futures) or options on commodity futures, engage in swaps transactions or make certain other investments (whether directly or indirectly through investments in other investment vehicles) for purposes other than bona fide hedging. With respect to transactions other than for bona fide hedging purposes, either: (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the Fund’s positions in such investments may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the Fund may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the futures, options or swaps markets. If the Fund does not continue to claim the exclusion, it would likely become subject to registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator. The Fund may incur additional expenses as a result of the CFTC’s registration and regulatory requirements.

 

Market Discount from Net Asset Value

 

Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Fund have during some periods traded at prices higher than NAV and have during other periods traded at prices lower than NAV. The Fund cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the

 

31


risk that the Fund’s NAV could decrease as a result of investment activities. Investors bear a risk of loss to the extent that the price at which they sell their shares is lower in relation to the Fund’s NAV than at the time of purchase, assuming a stable NAV. Proceeds from the sale of Common Shares in this offering will be reduced by transaction costs (if applicable, which vary depending on the offering method used). The NAV per Common Share will be reduced by an amount up to the offering costs. The NAV per Common Share will be reduced by costs associated with any future offerings of Common Shares. Depending on the premium of Common Shares at the time of any offering of Common Shares hereunder, the Fund’s NAV may be reduced by an amount up to the offering costs (estimated to be an additional 0.56% of the offering price assuming a Common Share offering price of $17.81 (the Fund’s closing price on the NYSE on March 5, 2018)). The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

 

Impact of Offering Methods Risk

 

The issuance of Common Shares through the various methods described in the Prospectus may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for the Fund’s Common Shares by increasing the number of Common Shares available for sale. In addition, the Common Shares may be issued at a discount to the market price for such shares, which may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares of the Fund.

 

Equity Portfolio Risks

 

Common Stock Risk.    Common stock generally represents an equity ownership interest in an issuer. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and may under-perform relative to fixed-income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or the occurrence of political or economic events which effect the issuers. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, which increases borrowing costs and the costs of capital.

 

Dividend Income Risk.    A portion of the Fund’s net investment income paid by the Fund to its Common Shareholders is derived from dividends it receives from common stocks held in the Fund’s Equity Portfolio. Dividends paid on the securities held by the Fund can vary significantly over the short-term and long-term. Dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of common stocks in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that if declared they will remain at current levels or increase over time.

 

Option Strategy Risks

 

Call Option Risk.    As the writer of a call option, the Fund foregoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security underlying the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the option, but will retain the risk of loss should the market value of the security underlying the call option decline. The purchaser of the call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security over the exercise price upon the exercise of the call option or the expiration date. As the Fund increases the option overlay percentage, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited and the risk of NAV erosion increases. If the Fund experiences NAV erosion, which itself may have a negative effect on the market price of the Fund’s shares, the Fund will have a reduced asset base over which to write call options, which may eventually lead to reduced distributions to shareholders.

 

32


In addition, because the exercise of index options is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Fund, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Fund bears a risk that the value of the securities held by the Fund will vary from the value of the S&P 500 Index and relative to the written index call option positions. Accordingly, the Fund may incur losses on the index call options that it has sold that exceed gains on the Fund’s equity portfolio. The value of index options written by the Fund, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks in the index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller.

 

Tax Risk

 

The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a calendar year may not finally be determined until after the end of that calendar year. In addition, there is a possibility that the Fund may make total distributions during a calendar year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment income and net realized capital gains for that calendar year. For example, because of the nature of the Fund’s investments, the Fund may distribute net short-term capital gains early in the calendar year, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting the short-term net capital gains for which distributions have already been made by the Fund. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed net investment income and net realized capital gains would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in his Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of his Common Shares. While a portion of the Fund’s income distributions will be classified as “qualified dividend income,” enabling individual investors who meet certain holding period and other requirements to receive the benefit of favorable tax treatment, there can be no assurance as to the percentage of the Fund’s income distributions that will be “qualified dividend income.” In addition, the Fund’s income distributions that qualify for favorable tax treatment may be affected by IRS interpretations of the Code and future changes in tax laws and regulations. If positions held by the Fund were treated as “straddles” for federal income tax purposes, or the Fund’s risk of loss with respect to a position was otherwise diminished as set forth in Treasury regulations, dividends on stocks that are a part of such positions would not constitute qualified dividend income subject to such favorable income tax treatment. In addition, gain or loss on positions in a straddle is subject to special (and generally disadvantageous) rules. The Fund currently intends to manage the Equity Portfolio generally in order to avoid being subject to the “straddle rules” under federal income tax law. The Fund expects that positions held under this strategy will not be considered straddles because the Equity Portfolio will not have substantial overlap with the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. Accordingly, based on current law, the Fund intends to maintain an overlap of less than 70% between the stocks held in the Equity Portfolio and the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. Under certain circumstances, however, the Fund may enter into option transactions or certain other investments that may constitute positions in a straddle.

 

Non-U.S. Issuer Risk

 

The Fund may invest in securities of non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated, which may include securities of issuers located, or conducting their business, in emerging market countries. Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers involve special risks not presented by investments in securities of U.S. issuers, including the following: (i) less publicly available information about non-U.S. issuers or markets due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards or regulatory practices; (ii) many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile, meaning that, in a changing market, the Fund may not be able to sell its portfolio securities at times, in amounts or at prices it considers reasonable; (iii) potential adverse effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates or controls on the value of the Fund’s investments; (iv) the economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at slower rates than expected or may experience a downturn or recession; (v) the impact of economic, political, social or diplomatic events; (vi) possible seizure, expropriation or nationalization of the company or

 

33


its assets; (vii) certain non-U.S. countries may impose restrictions on the ability of non-U.S. issuers to make payments of principal and/or interest to investors located outside the U.S., due to blockage of foreign currency exchange or otherwise and (viii) withholding and other non-U.S. taxes may decrease the Fund’s return. These risks are more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging market countries.

 

Economies and social and political climates in individual countries may differ unfavorably from the U.S. Non-U.S. economies may have less favorable rates of growth of gross domestic product, rates of inflation, currency valuation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments positions. Many countries have experienced substantial, and in some cases extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Unanticipated economic, political and social developments may also affect the values of the Fund’s investments and the availability to the Fund of additional investments in such countries.

 

Debt Securities Risk

 

The Fund’s investments in debt securities are generally subject to issuer credit risk and interest rate risks. Issuers of debt instruments in which the Fund may invest may default on their obligations to pay principal or interest when due. This non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of a debt instrument experiencing non-payment and, potentially, a decrease in the net asset value of the Fund. To the extent that the credit rating assigned to a security in the Fund’s portfolio is downgraded, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected. Interest rate risk is the risk that fixed-rate debt instruments will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of such instruments generally will fall.

 

Illiquid Securities Risk

 

The Fund may invest in securities and other instruments that, at the time of investment, are illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities, which are securities that may not be resold to the public without an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act or, if they are unregistered, may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.

 

Counterparty Risk

 

Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund’s counterparties with respect to OTC options, derivatives or other transactions supported by another party’s credit may affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as counterparties to these transactions in the past have incurred significant losses and financial hardships, including bankruptcy, as a result of significant exposure to credit investments that have experienced defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. Such hardships reduced these entities’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations. There can be no assurance that the counterparties to the Fund’s OTC options or other derivative instruments will not suffer similar financial hardships in the future. By using OTC options, derivatives or other transactions supported by a counterparty’s credit, the Fund assumes the risk that the counterparty could experience similar financial hardships. In the event of the insolvency of a counterparty, the Fund may sustain losses or be unable to liquidate a derivatives position.

 

Repurchase Agreement Risk

 

With respect to repurchase agreements, if the party agreeing to repurchase specific securities should default, the Fund may seek to sell the securities that it holds. This could involve transaction costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

 

34


Inflation Risk

 

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions thereon can decline.

 

Deflation Risk

 

Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and revenues. In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

Certain Affiliations

 

Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Fund, NFALLC, TIAA, and/or Nuveen Investments. Absent an exemption from the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory relief, the Fund is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Fund’s ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities. See also “Management of the Fund—Investment Adviser and Subadviser.”

 

Cybersecurity Risk

 

Technology, such as the internet, has become more prevalent in the course of business, and as such, the Fund and its service providers are susceptible to operational and information security risk resulting from cyber incidents. Cyber incidents refer to both intentional attacks and unintentional events including: processing errors, human errors, technical errors including computer glitches and system malfunctions, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, market-wide technical-related disruptions, unauthorized access to digital systems (through “hacking” or malicious software coding), computer viruses, and cyber-attacks which shut down, disable, slow or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes or website access or functionality (including denial of service attacks). Cyber incidents could adversely impact the Fund and cause the Fund to incur financial loss and expense, as well as face exposure to regulatory penalties, reputational damage, and additional compliance costs associated with corrective measures. Cyber incidents may cause a Fund or its service providers to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, lose operational capacity or fail to comply with applicable privacy and other laws. Among other potentially harmful effects, cyber incidents also may result in theft, unauthorized monitoring and failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support the Fund and its service providers. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Fund’s service providers have established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber incidents, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by its service providers or any other third parties whose operations may affect the Fund.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

The Fund’s Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”

 

35


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board is responsible for the management of the Fund, including supervision of the duties performed by NFALLC. The names and business addresses of the trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.

 

Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser, and Portfolio Manager

 

Investment Adviser.    Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, the Fund’s investment adviser, is responsible for overseeing the Fund’s overall investment strategy and its implementation. NFALLC offers advisory and investment management services to a broad range of investment company clients. NFALLC has overall responsibility for management of the Fund, oversees the management of the Fund’s portfolio, manages the Fund’s business affairs and provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. NFALLC is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. NFALLC is a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC, the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America. TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of December 31, 2017, Nuveen managed approximately $970 billion in assets, of which approximately $139 billion was managed by NFALLC.

 

Sub-Adviser.    Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as the Fund’s sub-adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Nuveen Asset Management is a registered investment adviser, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of NFALLC. Nuveen Asset Management oversees day-to-day investment operations of the Fund. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Asset Management is compensated for the services it provides to the Fund with a portion of the management fee NFALLC receives from the Fund. NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management retain the right to reallocate investment advisory responsibilities and fees between themselves in the future.

 

Portfolio Management.    Nuveen Asset Management is responsible for the execution of specific investment strategies and day-to-day investment operations of the Fund. Nuveen Asset Management manages the Nuveen funds using a team of analysts and portfolio managers that focuses on a specific group of funds. The day-to-day operation of the Fund and the execution of its specific investment strategies is the primary responsibility of Keith Hembre and David Friar, the designated portfolio managers of the Fund since 2014.

 

Mr. Hembre, Managing Director of Nuveen Asset Management, entered the financial services industry in 1992. He joined Nuveen Asset Management in January 2011 following the firm’s acquisition of a portion of the asset management business of FAF Advisors, Inc. (“FAF Advisors”) and currently serves as Nuveen Asset Management’s Chief Economist and Chief Investment Strategist. Mr. Hembre previously served in various positions with FAF Advisors since 1997 where he headed the team that managed the firm’s asset allocation, international equity, quantitative equity, and index products and most recently also served as Chief Economist and Chief Investment Strategist.

 

Mr. Friar, Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager of Nuveen Asset Management since January 2011, entered the financial services industry in 1998. He joined Nuveen Asset Management in January 2011 following the firm’s acquisition of a portion of the asset management business of FAF Advisors. Mr. Friar previously served in various positions with FAF Advisors since 1999 where he served as a member of FAF’s Performance Measurement group.

 

Additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund is provided in the SAI. The SAI is available free of charge by calling (800) 257-8787 or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of this Prospectus or the SAI.

 

36


Investment Management and Sub-Advisory Agreements

 

Investment Management Agreement.    Pursuant to an investment management agreement between NFALLC and the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee for the services and facilities provided by NFALLC, payable on a monthly basis, based on the sum of a fund-level fee and a complex-level fee, as described below.

 

Fund-Level Fee.    The annual fund-level fee for the Fund, payable monthly, is calculated according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Managed Assets*


   Fund-Level
Fee Rate


 

For the first $500 million

     0.6600

For the next $500 million

     0.6350

For the next $500 million

     0.6100

For the next $500 million

     0.5850

For managed assets over $2 billion

     0.5600

 

Complex-Level Fee.    The annual complex-level fee for the Fund, payable monthly, is calculated by multiplying the current complex-wide fee rate, determined according to the following schedule, by the Fund’s daily managed assets:

 

Complex-Level Eligible Asset Breakpoint Level*


   Effective
Complex-Level
Fee Rate at
Breakpoint Level


 

$55 billion

     0.2000 %

$56 billion

     0.1996 %

$57 billion

     0.1989 %

$60 billion

     0.1961 %

$63 billion

     0.1931 %

$66 billion

     0.1900 %

$71 billion

     0.1851 %

$76 billion

     0.1806 %

$80 billion

     0.1773 %

$91 billion

     0.1691 %

$125 billion

     0.1599 %

$200 billion

     0.1505 %

$250 billion

     0.1469 %

$300 billion

     0.1445 %

 

* For the complex-level fees, managed assets include closed-end fund assets managed by NFALLC that are attributable to certain types of leverage. For these purposes, leverage includes the funds’ use of preferred stock and borrowings and certain investments in the residual interest certificates (also called inverse floating rate securities) in tender option bond (TOB) trusts, including the portion of assets held by a TOB trust that has been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate securities, subject to an agreement by NFALLC as to certain funds to limit the amount of such assets for determining managed assets in certain circumstances. The complex level fee is calculated based upon the aggregate daily managed assets of all Nuveen open-end and closed-end funds that constitute “eligible assets.” Eligible assets do not include assets attributable to investments in other Nuveen funds or assets in excess of a determined amount (originally $2 billion) added to the Nuveen fund complex in connection with NFALLC’s assumption of the management of the former First American Funds effective January 1, 2011. As of December 31, 2017, the complex-level fee rate for the Fund was 0.1595%.

 

37


A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s most recent approval of the Investment Management Agreement for the Fund may be found in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders dated June 30 of each year.

 

In addition to the fee of NFALLC, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management), custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses associated with any borrowings, expenses of issuing any preferred shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of dividends to investors.

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement.    Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Asset Management receives from NFALLC a management fee equal to 0.3900% of based on the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets payable on a monthly basis. NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management retain the right to reallocate investment advisory responsibilities and fees between themselves in the future.

 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s most recent approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement for the Fund may be found in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders dated June 30 of each year.

 

NET ASSET VALUE

 

The Fund will determine the NAV of its shares daily, as of the close of regular session trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time). NAV is computed by dividing the value of all assets of the Fund (including accrued interest and dividends), less all liabilities (including accrued expenses and dividends declared but unpaid), by the total number of shares outstanding.

 

For purposes of determining the NAV of the Fund, readily marketable portfolio securities listed on the NYSE are valued, except as indicated below, at the last sale price reflected on the consolidated tape at the close of the NYSE on the business day as of which such value is being determined. If there has been no sale on such day, the securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on such day. If no bid or asked prices are quoted on such day, then the security is valued by such method as the Board shall determine in good faith to reflect its fair market value. Readily marketable securities not listed on the NYSE but listed on other domestic exchanges or admitted to trading on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations, Inc. (“NASDAQ”) national list are valued in a like manner except that NASDAQ national list securities are valued using the NASDAQ official closing price for such securities. Portfolio securities traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the business day as of which such value is being determined as reflected on the tape at the close of the exchange representing the principal market for such securities. Prices of certain ADRs that trade in only limited volume in the U.S. are valued based on the mean between the most recent bid and ask price of the underlying foreign-traded stock, adjusted as appropriate for underlying-to-ADR conversion ratio and foreign exchange rate, and from time to time may be adjusted further to take into account material events that may take place after the close of the local foreign market but before the close of the NYSE.

 

Readily marketable securities traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities whose primary market is believed by an Adviser to be over-the-counter, but excluding securities admitted to trading on the NASDAQ national list, are valued at the mean of the current bid and asked prices as reported by NASDAQ or, in the case of securities not quoted by NASDAQ, the National Quotation Bureau or such other comparable source as the Board deem appropriate to reflect their fair market value. However, certain fixed-income securities may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service when such prices are believed by the Board to reflect the fair market value of such securities. The prices provided by a pricing service take into account

 

38


institutional size trading in similar groups of securities and any developments related to specific securities. Where securities are traded on more than one exchange and also over-the-counter, the securities will generally be valued using the quotations the Board believes reflect most closely the value of such securities. In addition, if it is determined that market prices for a security are unavailable or inappropriate, the Board, or its designee, may determine the fair value for the security.

 

The Fund normally values index options at the average of the closing bid and the asked quotations. Under normal circumstances, closing index option quotations are considered to reflect the index option contract values as of the close of the NYSE and will be used to value the option contracts. If Nuveen Asset Management determines that closing index option quotations do not reflect index option values as of the close of the NYSE, the Board, or its designee, will determine the fair value for the index option.

 

If the Fund invests in debt securities, the Fund may use an independent pricing service to value debt securities at their market value or at a fair value determined by the independent pricing service. The Fund will use the fair value method to value debt securities if the independent pricing service is unable to provide a market or fair value for them or if the market value provided by the independent pricing service is deemed unreliable, or if events occurring after the close of a securities market and before the Fund values its Managed Assets would materially affect NAV.

 

Securities that are fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair value procedures.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

The Fund pays quarterly distributions stated in terms of a fixed cents per Common Share dividend rate that will be composed of supplemental amounts generally representing realized capital gains or, possibly, returns of capital representing unrealized capital gains. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends as frequently as quarterly. Quarterly distributions, including such supplemental amounts, are sometimes referred to as “managed distributions.” The Fund will seek to establish a distribution rate that roughly corresponds to NFALLC’s projections of the total return that could reasonably be expected to be generated by the Fund over an extended period of time, although the distribution rate will not be solely dependent on the amount of income earned or capital gains realized by the Fund. NFALLC, in making such projections, may consider long-term historical returns and a variety of other factors. Distributions can only be made after paying any interest and required principal payments on Borrowings, if any, and any accrued dividends to preferred shareholders, if any. The distribution policy recognizes that many investors are willing to accept the potentially higher asset volatility of the Fund’s equity investments compared to fixed-income investment, but that prefer a consistent level of cash distributions be available each quarter for reinvestment or for other purposes of their choosing.

 

If, for any quarterly distribution, net investment income and net realized capital gains were less than the amount of the distribution, the difference would be distributed from the Fund’s assets. In addition, in order to make such distributions, the Fund might have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. The Fund’s final distribution for each calendar year would include any remaining net investment income and net realized capital gains undistributed during the year. The Fund’s actual financial performance will likely vary significantly from month-to-month and from year-to-year, and there may be extended periods of up to several years, when the distribution rate will exceed the Fund’s actual total returns. The Fund’s projected or actual distribution rate is not a prediction of what the Fund’s actual total returns will be over any specific future period.

 

As portfolio and market conditions change, the rate of distributions on the Common Shares and the Fund’s distribution policy could change. To the extent that the total return of the Fund’s overall strategy exceeds the

 

39


distribution rate for an extended period, the Fund may be in a position to increase the distribution rate or distribute supplemental amounts to shareholders. Conversely, if the total return of the Fund’s overall strategy is less than the distribution rate for an extended period of time, the Fund will effectively be drawing upon its NAV to meet payments prescribed by its distribution policy. Similarly, for tax purposes such distributions by the Fund may consist in part of a return of capital to Common Shareholders. The exact tax characteristics of the Fund’s distributions will not be known until after the Fund’s fiscal year-end. Common Shareholders should not confuse a return of capital distribution with “dividend yield” or “total return.” There is no assurance that the Fund will continue to make quarterly distributions of net long-term capital gains. Under the terms of an exemptive order from the SEC, the Fund’s Board is required to determine whether to continue the quarterly distribution of net long-term capital gains if: (i) the Common Shares have traded at an average premium to NAV equal to or greater than 10%, as determined on the basis of the average of the discount or premium to the NAV of the Common Shares as of the close of each trading day over a 12-week rolling period, and (ii) the Fund’s distribution rate for that 12-week rolling period, expressed as a percentage of NAV as of the ending date of the 12-week rolling period, is greater than the Fund’s average annual total return in relation to the change in NAV over the 2-year period ending on the last day of the 12-week rolling period.

 

At the same time that it pays a quarterly distribution, the Fund will post on its website (www.nuveen.com/cef), and make available in written form to holders of its Common Shares a notice of the estimated sources and tax characteristics of the Fund’s distributions (i.e., what percentage of the distributions is estimated to constitute ordinary income, short-term capital gains, long-term capital gains, and/or a non-taxable return of capital) on a year-to-date basis, in compliance with a federal securities law requirement that any fund paying a distribution from sources other than net investment income disclose to shareholders the respective portion attributable to such other sources. These estimates may be based on certain assumptions about the Fund’s expected investment returns and the realization of net gains, if any, over the remaining course of the year. These estimates may, and likely will, vary over time based on the activities of the Fund and changes in the value of portfolio investments. The Fund expects that it will provide this type of information primarily on a tax basis, instead of on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis, because experience has shown that fund shareholders are most concerned about the tax character of their distributions, and because the Fund expects that the distributions’ tax characteristics will fairly reflect the economic basis of the funds’ distributions and returns. The final determination of the source and tax characteristics of all distributions will be made after December 31 in each year, and reported to Common Shareholders on Form 1099-DIV early the following year.

 

As explained more fully below in “Tax Matters,” the Fund intends to distribute to Common Shareholders any net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) for each taxable year through its managed distributions after making interest and required principal payments on Borrowings and paying any accrued dividends or making any redemption or liquidation payments to preferred shareholders or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gain and pay federal income tax on the retained gain. Each Common Shareholder of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, his or her share of any retained gain, will be deemed to have paid his or her proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund on such retained gain, and will be entitled to an income tax credit or refund for that share of the tax. The Fund may treat any retained capital gain amount as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions. In addition, the Fund may make total distributions during a given calendar year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment income and net capital gain for that calendar year, in which case the excess will generally be treated by shareholders as return of capital for tax purposes. Distributions treated as return of capital will reduce a shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares, which will generally result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that the shareholder will recognize on his or her sale or other disposition of such Common Shares.

 

The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its quarterly distributions at any time, subject to a finding by the Fund’s Board that such change is in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

 

40


DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

If your Common Shares are registered directly with the Fund or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) your distributions, including any capital gain distributions, will automatically be reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Plan unless you request otherwise. If you elect not to participate in the Plan, or are not eligible to participate because your brokerage firm does not participate in the Plan, you will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to you or your brokerage firm by ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. and ComputerShare Inc, collectively (“ComputerShare”), as dividend paying agent (the “Plan Agent”). The tax consequences of a distribution are the same regardless of whether such distribution is reinvested or received in cash. See “Tax Matters.”

 

Under the Plan, the number of Common Shares you will receive will be determined as follows:

 

(1) If the Common Shares are trading at or above NAV at the time of valuation, the Fund will issue new shares at a price equal to the greater of (i) NAV per Common Share on that date or (ii) 95% of the market price on that date.

 

(2) If Common Shares are trading below NAV at the time of valuation, the Plan Agent will receive the dividend or distribution in cash and will purchase Common Shares in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. It is possible that the market price for the Common Shares may increase before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases. Therefore, the average purchase price per share paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the market price at the time of valuation, resulting in the purchase of fewer shares than if the dividend or distribution had been paid in Common Shares issued by the Fund. The Plan Agent will use all dividends and distributions received in cash to purchase Common Shares in the open market within 30 days of the valuation date. Interest will not be paid on any uninvested cash payments. The Plan provides that if the Common Shares start trading at or above NAV before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases, the Plan Agent may cease purchasing Common Shares in the open market, and may invest the uninvested portion in new shares at a price equal to the greater of (i) NAV per Common Share on the last purchase date or (ii) 95% of the market price on that date.

 

You may withdraw from the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Plan Agent. If you withdraw or the Plan is terminated, you will receive whole shares in your account under the Plan and you will receive a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account. If you wish, the Plan Agent will sell your shares and send you the proceeds, minus brokerage commissions and a $2.50 service fee.

 

The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and gives written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information you may need for tax records. Common Shares in your account will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form. Any proxy you receive will include all Common Shares you have received under the Plan.

 

There is no brokerage charge for reinvestment of your dividends or distributions in Common Shares. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases.

 

Automatically reinvesting dividends and distributions does not mean that you do not have to pay income taxes due upon receiving dividends and distributions.

 

As noted above, if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial adviser for more information.

 

41


The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan if in the judgment of the Board the change is warranted. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Additional information about the Plan may be obtained from ComputerShare, P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, Kentucky, 40233-5000 (800) 257-8787.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

The Fund may sell the Common Shares offered under this Prospectus through

 

   

at-the-market transactions;

 

   

underwriting syndicates; and

 

   

privately negotiated transactions.

 

The Fund will bear the expenses of the offering, including but not limited to, the expenses of preparation of the Prospectus and SAI for the offering and the expense of counsel and auditors in connection with the offering.

 

Distribution Through At-The-Market Transactions

 

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement with Nuveen Securities (the “Distribution Agreement”), which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The summary of the Distribution Agreement contained herein is qualified by reference to the Distribution Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Distribution Agreement, the Fund may from time to time issue and sell its Common Shares through Nuveen Securities to certain broker-dealers which have entered into selected dealer agreements with Nuveen Securities. Currently, Nuveen Securities has entered into a selected dealer agreement (the “Selected Dealer Agreement”) with [    ] pursuant to which [    ]will be acting as Nuveen Securities’ sub-placement agent with respect to at-the-market offerings of Common Shares. The Selected Dealer Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

 

Common Shares will only be sold on such days as shall be agreed to by the Fund and Nuveen Securities. Common Shares will be sold at prevailing market prices through the National Market System, subject to a minimum price to be established each day by Nuveen Securities. The minimum price on any day will not be less than the current NAV per Common Share plus the per share amount of the commission to be paid to Nuveen Securities. The Fund and Nuveen Securities will suspend the sale of Common Shares if the per share price of the shares is less than the minimum price.

 

The Fund will compensate Nuveen Securities with respect to sales of the Common Shares at a commission rate of up to 1.0% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares. Nuveen Securities will compensate sub-placement agents or other broker-dealers participating in the offering at a rate of up to 0.8% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares sold by that sub-placement agent or broker-dealer. Settlements of sales of Common Shares will occur on the third business day following the date on which any such sales are made. In connection with the sale of the Common Shares on behalf of the Fund, Nuveen Securities may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act, and the compensation of Nuveen Securities may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts. Unless otherwise indicated in a further Prospectus supplement, Nuveen Securities will act as underwriter on a reasonable efforts basis.

 

The offering of Common Shares pursuant to the Distribution Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of all Common Shares subject thereto or (ii) termination of the Distribution Agreement. The Fund and Nuveen Securities each have the right to terminate the Distribution Agreement in its discretion at any time. The Fund currently intends to distribute the shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus through at-the-market

 

42


transactions, although from time to time it may also distribute shares through an underwriting syndicate or a privately negotiated transaction. To the extent shares are distributed other than through at-the-market transactions, the Fund will file a supplement to this Prospectus describing such transactions.

 

The Fund’s closing price on the NYSE on March 5, 2018 was $17.81.

 

Distribution Through Underwriting Syndicates

 

The Fund from time to time may issue additional Common Shares through a syndicated secondary offering. In order to limit the impact on the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares, underwriters will market and price the offering on an expedited basis (e.g., overnight or similarly abbreviated offering period). The Fund will launch a syndicated offering on a day, and upon terms, mutually agreed upon between the Fund, Nuveen Securities, one of the Fund’s underwriters, and the underwriting syndicate.

 

The Fund will offer its shares at a price equal to a specified discount of up to 5% from the closing market price of the Fund’s Common Shares on the day prior to the offering date. The applicable discount will be negotiated by the Fund and Nuveen Securities in consultation with the underwriting syndicate on a transaction-by-transaction basis. The Fund will compensate the underwriting syndicate out of the proceeds of the offering based upon a sales load of up to 4% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares. The minimum net proceeds per share to the Fund will not be less than the greater of (i) the Fund’s latest NAV per share of Common Shares or (ii) 91% of the closing market price of the shares of the Fund’s Common Shares on the day prior to the offering date.

 

Distribution Through Privately Negotiated Transactions

 

The Fund from time to time may sell directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional and other sophisticated investors, who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resale of Common Shares.

 

The terms of such privately negotiated transactions will be subject to the discretion of the management of the Fund. In determining whether to sell Common Shares through a privately negotiated transaction, the Fund will consider relevant factors including, but not limited to, the attractiveness of obtaining additional funds through the sale of Common Shares, the purchase price to apply to any such sale of Common Shares and the person seeking to purchase the Common Shares.

 

Common Shares issued by the Fund through privately negotiated transactions will be issued at a price equal to the greater of (i) the NAV per share of the Fund’s Common Shares or (ii) at a discount ranging from 0% to 5% of the average daily closing market price of the Fund’s Common Shares at the close of business on the ten business days preceding the date upon which Common Shares are sold pursuant to the privately negotiated transaction. The applicable discount will be determined by the Fund on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

 

The principal business address of Nuveen Securities is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

Common Shares

 

The Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares being offered have a par value of $0.01 per share and, subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Shares, if issued, have equal rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation. The Common Shares being offered will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust,” non-assessable, and will have no preemptive or conversion rights or

 

43


rights to cumulative voting. The Fund has no current intention of issuing Preferred Shares or incurring Borrowings. However, if at some future time the Fund issues Preferred Shares and/or incurs Borrowings, the Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any cash distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares and interest on Borrowings have been paid, and (i) unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and (ii) unless asset coverage (again, as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to any Borrowings would be at least 300% after giving effect to the distributions. See “—Preferred Shares” below.

 

The Common Shares are listed on the NYSE and trade under the ticker symbol “SPXX.” The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. The Fund will not issue share certificates.

 

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may conveniently do so by trading on the exchange through a broker or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies may frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than NAV. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Fund have, during some periods, traded at prices higher than NAV and, during other periods, have traded at prices lower than NAV. Because the market value of the Common Shares may be influenced by such factors as distribution levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), distribution stability, NAV, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot guarantee you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See the SAI under “Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.”

 

Preferred Shares

 

As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Preferred Shares in one or more classes or series, with rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the Common Shareholders. The terms of any Preferred Shares that may be issued by the Fund may be the same as, or different from, the terms described below, subject to applicable law and the Declaration.

 

Limited Issuance of Preferred Shares.    Under the 1940 Act, the Fund can issue Preferred Shares with an aggregate liquidation value of up to one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets, measured immediately after issuance of the Preferred Shares. “Liquidation value” means the original purchase price of the shares being liquidated plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless the liquidation value of the Preferred Shares is less than one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution) immediately after the distribution.

 

Distribution Preference.    The Preferred Shares would have complete priority over the Common Shares as to distribution of assets.

 

Liquidation Preference.    In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to holders of Common Shares.

 

Voting Rights.    Preferred Shares are required to be voting shares and to have equal voting rights with Common Shares. Except as otherwise indicated in this Prospectus or the SAI and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares would vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.

 

44


Holders of Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s trustees (following the establishment of the Fund by an initial trustee, the Declaration provides for a total of no less than two and no more than fifteen trustees). The remaining trustees would be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event that two full years of accrued dividends are unpaid on the Preferred Shares, the holders of all outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s trustees until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. In order for the Fund to take certain actions or enter into certain transactions, a separate class vote of holders of Preferred Shares would be required, in addition to the single class vote of the holders of Preferred Shares and Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” and the SAI under “Description of Shares—FundPreferred Shares—Voting Rights.”

 

Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares.    The terms of the Preferred Shares may provide that they may be redeemed by the issuer at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus accumulated dividends. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Fund would reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares, while any issuance of such shares by the Fund would increase such leverage.

 

In the event of any future issuance of Preferred Shares, the Fund likely would apply for ratings from an nationally recognized statistical rating organization. In such event, as long as Preferred Shares are outstanding, the composition of the Fund’s portfolio would reflect guidelines established by such NRSRO. Based on previous guidelines established by such NRSROs for the securities of other issuers, the Fund anticipates that the guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. However, at this time, no assurance can be given as to the nature or extent of the guidelines that may be imposed in connection with obtaining a rating of any Preferred Shares.

 

Borrowings

 

As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Declaration authorizes the Fund, without approval of the Common Shareholders, to borrow money. In this connection, the Fund may issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank Borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such Borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the Fund’s assets. In connection with such Borrowing, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements would increase the cost of Borrowing over the stated interest rate. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund, immediately after any such Borrowings, must have an “asset coverage” of at least 300%. With respect to any such Borrowings, asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of such Borrowing represented by senior securities issued by the Fund. As with the issuance of Preferred Shares, certain types of Borrowing may result in the Fund being subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for commercial paper or notes issued by the Fund. Such restrictions may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act.

 

The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Borrowings would be senior to those of the Common Shareholders, and the terms of any such Borrowings may contain provisions that limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Further, the 1940 Act would (in certain circumstances) grant to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. In the event that such provisions would impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code, the Fund would repay the Borrowings. Any Borrowing will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Borrowings of the Fund. The Fund also may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI.

 

45


CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for debts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the trustees. The Declaration further provides for indemnification out of the assets and property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The Fund believes that the likelihood of such circumstances is remote.

 

The Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. Specifically, the Declaration requires a vote by holders of at least two-thirds of the Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class, except as described below, to authorize (1) a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, (2) a merger or consolidation of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund, with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or a reorganization of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund, (3) a sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets (other than in the regular course of the Fund’s investment activities), (4) in certain circumstances, a termination of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund or (5) a removal of trustees by shareholders, and then only for cause, unless, with respect to (1) through (4), such transaction has already been authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration or the By-laws, in which case the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Fund’s Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares outstanding at the time, voting together as a single class, would be required; provided, however, that where only a particular class or series is affected (or, in the case of removing a trustee, when the trustee has been elected by only one class), only the required vote by the applicable class or series would be required. Approval of shareholders would not be required, however, for any transaction, whether deemed a merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise whereby the Fund issues shares in connection with the acquisition of assets (including those subject to liabilities) from any other investment company or similar entity. In the case of the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company, or in the case of any of the foregoing transactions constituting a plan of reorganization that adversely affects the holders of any outstanding Preferred Shares, the action in question would also require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Preferred Shares outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, or, if such action has been authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration or the By-laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Shares outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class. None of the foregoing provisions may be amended except by the vote of at least two-thirds of the Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. The votes required to approve the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company or to approve transactions constituting a plan of reorganization that adversely affects the holders of any outstanding Preferred Shares are higher than those required by the 1940 Act. The Board believes that the provisions of the Declaration relating to such higher votes are in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders. See the SAI under “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.” Note, the Fund’s staggered Board could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board.

 

The Declaration provides that the obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the trustees of the Fund individually, but only upon the assets and property of the Fund, and that the trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Nothing in the Declaration, however, protects a trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 

The provisions of the Declaration described above could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or

 

46


similar transaction. The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control by a third party. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. The Board of the Fund has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

 

Reference should be made to the Declaration on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.

 

REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

 

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including distribution levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), NAV, distribution stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of closed-end investment companies may frequently trade at prices lower than NAV, the Fund’s Board has currently determined that, at least annually, it will consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from NAV in respect of Common Shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares at NAV, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The Fund cannot assure you that its Board will decide to take any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce market discount. On August 1, 2017, the Fund’s Board renewed the Fund’s open market share repurchase program under which the Fund may repurchase up to 10% of its Common Shares. Since the inception of the Fund’s share repurchase program through March 5, 2018, the Fund has repurchased 383,763 Common Shares under the program.

 

If the Fund converted to an open-end investment company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred Shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Common Shares would no longer be listed on the NYSE or elsewhere. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder) at their NAV, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption. As a result, conversion to open-end status may require changes in the management of the Fund’s portfolio in order to meet the liquidity requirements applicable to open-end funds. Because portfolio securities may have to be liquidated to meet redemptions, conversion could affect the Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or to use certain investment policies and techniques described above. If converted to an open-end fund, the Fund expects to pay all redemptions in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Fund were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at NAV plus a sales load. See the SAI under “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” for a discussion of the voting requirements applicable to the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company.

 

Before deciding whether to take any action if the Common Shares trade below NAV, the Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders, and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken. See the SAI under “Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” for a further discussion of possible action to reduce or eliminate such discount to NAV.

 

47


TAX MATTERS

 

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of shares of the Fund. This discussion only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances. This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, shareholders with large positions in the Fund, financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, foreign holders, persons who hold their shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, a constructive sale, or conversion transaction, holders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax, or tax-exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities. In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this Prospectus, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them and the effect of possible changes in tax laws.

 

The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In order to qualify as a RIC, the Fund must satisfy certain requirements regarding the sources of its income, the diversification of its assets and the distribution of its income. As a RIC, the Fund is not expected to be subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to its shareholders.

 

The Fund invests primarily in equity securities. The Fund may distribute to its shareholders amounts that are treated as long-term capital gain or ordinary income (which may include short-term capital gains). These distributions may be subject to federal, state and local taxation, depending on a shareholder’s situation. If so, they are taxable whether or not such distributions are reinvested. Net capital gain distributions (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) are generally taxable at rates applicable to long-term capital gains regardless of how long a shareholder has held its shares. Long-term capital gains are currently taxable to noncorporate shareholders at a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%. In addition, certain individuals, estates and trusts are subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income, including net capital gains and other taxable dividends. Corporate shareholders are taxed on capital gain at the same rates as apply to ordinary income. The Fund expects that a portion of its distributions to shareholders from its investments will qualify for the dividends-received deduction available to corporate shareholders and as “qualified dividend income” to noncorporate shareholders; provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in the shares and thus will generally not be taxable to the shareholder. To the extent such distributions exceed the shareholder’s basis in the shares, they will be treated as gain from the sale of such shares and will be treated as capital gain (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset).

 

In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet the same holding period and other requirements with respect to the shareholder’s Fund shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held (or treated as held) for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is

 

48


under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.

 

In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of the Fund will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held (or is treated as holding) for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (ii) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may be disallowed or reduced (i) if a corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (ii) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). For purposes of determining the holding period for stock on which a dividend is received, such holding period is reduced for any period the recipient has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain other circumstances.

 

The straddle rules discussed below could cause distributions that would otherwise qualify for the dividends-received deduction or constitute qualified dividend income to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements.

 

As a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax in any taxable year provided that it meets certain distribution requirements. The Fund may retain for investment some (or all) of its net capital gain. If the Fund retains any net capital gain or investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who, if subject to federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their share of such undistributed amount; (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any; and (iii) may claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

 

Distributions declared by the Fund to shareholders of record in October, November or December and paid during the following January will be treated as having been paid by the Fund and received by shareholders in the year the distributions were declared.

 

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary taxable income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during

 

49


those years and on which the Fund paid no U.S. federal income tax. To prevent application of the excise tax, the Fund intends to make distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.

 

Each shareholder will receive an annual statement summarizing the shareholder’s distributions.

 

The Fund’s investments may be subject to special provisions of the Code that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss, (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash and/or (v) adversely alter the characterization of certain Fund investments or distributions.

 

Some of the Fund’s index call options may be considered “section 1256 contracts.” Code section 1256 generally will require any gain or loss arising from the lapse, closing out or exercise of such positions to be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. In addition, the Fund generally will be required to “mark to market” (i.e., treat as sold for fair market value) each outstanding index option position that is a section 1256 contract at the close of each taxable year (and on October 31 of each year for excise tax purposes). If a “section 1256 contract” held by the Fund at the end of a taxable year is sold in the following year, the amount of any gain or loss realized on such sale will be adjusted to reflect the gain or loss previously taken into account under the “mark to market” rules. In addition to most index call options, “section 1256 contracts” under the Code include certain other options contracts, certain regulated futures contracts, and certain other financial contracts.

 

The Fund’s index call options that do not qualify as section 1256 contracts under the Code generally will be treated as equity options governed by Code section 1234. Pursuant to Code section 1234, if a written option expires unexercised, the premium received is short-term capital gain to the Fund. If the Fund enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the premium received for writing the option, and the amount paid to close out its position generally is short-term capital gain or loss.

 

Offsetting positions held by the Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as options, forward, and futures, as well as its long and short positions in portfolio securities, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” Straddles are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. For instance, a straddle can arise if the Fund writes a covered call option on a stock (i.e., a call on a stock owned by the Fund), or writes a call option on a stock index to the extent the Fund’s stock holdings (and any subset thereof) and the index on which it has written a call overlap sufficiently to constitute a straddle under applicable Treasury Regulations. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of section 1256 described above. If the Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is a section 1256 contract, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” The Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to the Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by the Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle can cause the holding periods to be tolled on the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements described above. Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. The application of the straddle rules to certain offsetting Fund positions can therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders, and may result in significant differences from the amount, timing and/or character of distributions that would have been made by the Fund if it had not entered into offsetting positions in respect of certain of its portfolio securities.

 

50


If the Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in its portfolio, the Acquiring Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when the Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including, but not limited to: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon the Acquiring Fund’s holding period in the position beginning with the date the constructive sale was deemed to have occurred and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The redemption, sale or exchange of shares normally will result in capital gain or loss to shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. The gain or loss on shares held for one year or less will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the same rates applicable to ordinary income. For noncorporate taxpayers, however, long-term capital gains are currently taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%, while short-term capital gains and other ordinary income are currently taxed at ordinary income rates. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax may also apply to certain individual, estate or trust shareholders’ capital gain from the sale or other disposition of their shares. Any loss on the sale or disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any net capital gain distributions received by the shareholder on such shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Fund will be disallowed to the extent those shares of the Fund are replaced by other substantially identical shares of the Fund or other substantially identical stock or securities (including through reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the original shares. In that event, the basis of the replacement shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 24% from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to a shareholder if the shareholder fails to provide the Acquiring Fund with his, her or its correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if the shareholder has been notified by the IRS (or the IRS notifies the Acquiring Fund) that he, she or it is subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, it is a way in which the IRS ensures it will collect taxes otherwise due. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

 

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (the “Custodian”). The Custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Fund’s transfer, shareholder services and dividend paying agent is ComputerShare Inc. and ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Transfer Agent”). The Transfer Agent is located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, provides auditing services to the Fund. The principal business address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois, 60606.

 

51


LEGAL OPINION

 

Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, Washington, DC.

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

The Fund is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the 1940 Act and is required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These documents can be inspected and copied for a fee at the SEC’s public reference room, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and Northeast Regional Office, Woolworth Building, 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10013-2409. Reports, proxy statements, and other information about the Fund can be inspected at the offices of the NYSE.

 

This Prospectus does not contain all of the information in the Fund’s Registration Statement, including amendments, exhibits, and schedules. Statements in this Prospectus about the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by this reference.

 

Additional information about the Fund and the Common Shares can be found in the Fund’s Registration Statement (including amendments, exhibits, and schedules) on Form N-2 filed with the SEC. The SEC maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the Fund’s Registration Statement, other documents incorporated by reference, and other information the Fund has filed electronically with the SEC, including proxy statements and reports file under the Exchange Act.

 

52


TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

     Page

 

Use of Proceeds

     1  

Investment Objectives and Policies

     1  

Investment Restrictions

     2  

Overall Fund Management

     4  

Investment Philosophy and Process

     4  

Portfolio Composition

     5  

Management of the Fund

     15  

Investment Adviser, Sub-adviser and Portfolio Managers

     35  

Code of Ethics

     39  

Proxy Voting Policies

     40  

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

     40  

Net Asset Value

     41  

Distributions

     42  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     44  

Plan of Distributions

     45  

Description of Shares

     47  

Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

     50  

Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

     52  

Tax Matters

     53  

Financial Statements

     64  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

     64  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     64  

Legal Opinion

     64  

Other Matters

     64  

Additional Information

     65  

Appendix A—Ratings of Investments

     A-1  

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

     B-1  

 

53




 

Common Shares

 

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic

Overwrite Fund

 


PROSPECTUS


 

 

 

 

            , 2018

 



LPR-SPXX-0318D


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 29, 2018

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.

         COMMON SHARES

NUVEEN S&P 500 DYNAMIC OVERWRITE FUND

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[                    ], 2018

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund (the “Fund”) (formerly known as Nuveen Equity Premium Income Fund 2 through September 12, 2005 and Nuveen Equity Premium and Growth Fund through December 22, 2014) is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company.

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) relating to common shares of the Fund (“Common Shares”) does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus relating thereto dated [                    ], 2018 (the “Prospectus”). This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares. Investors should obtain and read the Fund’s Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Fund’s Prospectus, and Annual Report to shareholders when available, and other information about the Fund may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 257-8787, by writing to the Fund or from the Fund’s website (http://www.nuveen.com). You may also obtain a copy of the Fund’s Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) web site (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Use of Proceeds

     1  

Investment Objectives and Policies

     1  

Investment Restrictions

     2  

Overall Fund Management

     4  

Investment Philosophy and Process

     4  

Portfolio Composition

     5  

Management of the Fund

     15  

Investment Adviser, Sub-adviser and Portfolio Managers

     35  

Code of Ethics

     39  

Proxy Voting Policies

     40  

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

     40  

Net Asset Value

     41  

Distributions

     42  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     44  

Plan of Distributions

     45  

Description of Shares

     47  

Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

     50  

Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

     52  

Tax Matters

     53  

Financial Statements

     64  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

     64  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     64  

Legal Opinion

     64  

Other Matters

     64  

Additional Information

     65  

Appendix A—Ratings of Investments

     A-1  

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

     B-1  

 

-i-


USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds from the issuance of Common Shares hereunder will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as stated below. Pending investment, the timing of which may vary depending on the size of the investment but in no case is expected to exceed 30 days, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term or long-term securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities or in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek attractive total return with less volatility than the S&P 500 Index. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective is fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and, if applicable, Preferred Shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares, if any, voting as a separate class. When used with respect to particular shares of the Fund, a “majority of the outstanding” shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.

Under normal market circumstances, the Fund will invest its Managed Assets (as defined on page 7) in a diversified equity portfolio (the “Equity Portfolio”) that seeks to substantially replicate price movements of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the “S&P 500 Index”) and is designed to support the Fund’s Index Option Strategy (as defined below). The Fund does not intend that the Equity Portfolio will contain exactly the same stocks as the S&P 500 Index. The Fund intends to maintain an overlap of less than 70% between the stocks held in the Equity Portfolio and the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the equity strategy. This policy is not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed without a vote of the common shareholders. However, this policy may only be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) following the provision of 60 days’ prior written notice to common shareholders. Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects to invest substantially all (at least 90%) of its managed assets in its equity strategy or otherwise in pursuit of its investment objective.

The Fund’s options strategy will consist of selling index call options, call options on custom baskets of securities and covered call options on individual securities. In addition to a primary emphasis on writing call options to reduce downside risk and volatility of the Equity Portfolio, the Options Strategy as a secondary emphasis seeks additional return opportunities through a variety of means including the use of call spreads and selling put options. A call spread involves the sale and corresponding purchase of call options on the same underlying security, index or instrument. The Fund’s strategy of using the S&P 500 Index as the relevant benchmark for its equity portfolio and options strategy is not considered fundamental and can be changed without a vote of the common shareholders. However, any use of an alternative index must be approved by the Fund’s Board and is subject to the provision of 60 days’ written notice to common shareholders.

Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“NFALLC” or the “Adviser”) is the Fund’s investment adviser, responsible for the Fund’s overall investment strategy and its implementation. The Adviser oversees Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“Nuveen Asset Management”), the Fund’s sub-adviser, in its management of the Fund’s portfolio. This oversight includes ongoing evaluation of the Sub-Adviser’s investment performance, portfolio allocations, quality of investment process and personnel, compliance with Fund and regulatory guidelines, trade allocation and execution and other factors.

The securities or other instruments included in the Fund’s equity portfolio will be selected and periodically rebalanced utilizing statistical methods including, but not limited to, optimization and a variety of other quantitative modeling techniques. However, due to U.S. federal income tax considerations, the Fund intends to

 

1


limit the overlap between the components of its equity portfolio (and any subset thereof) and the constituent securities of the S&P 500 Index to less than 70% (generally based on the value of such components) on an ongoing basis. As a result, the Fund will not hold all of the common stocks in the S&P 500 Index, or in the same weightings as in the S&P 500 Index, and returns on the Fund’s equity portfolio are not intended to exactly match those of the S&P 500 Index. The 30% or greater of the Fund’s equity portfolio invested in securities outside the S&P 500 Index will be selected to match the characteristics of the index with limited tracking error.

Under normal market circumstances, the Fund will sell index call options, call options on custom baskets of securities and covered call options on individual securities. The Fund targets an overwrite level of approximately 55% over time, and the overwrite level will vary, based on market conditions, between 35% and 75% of the value of the Fund’s equity portfolio. In applying the dynamic call option strategy, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for determining the notional value, timing, type and terms of the options strategies used by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser actively manages the Fund’s options positions. In the Sub-Adviser’s discretion, the Fund may purchase back call options or allow them to expire. To determine the options strategies used, the Sub-Adviser considers market factors, such as current market levels and volatility, and option-specific factors, including but not limited to premium/cost, exercise price and expiration. The Sub-Adviser typically seeks to construct a portfolio of call options that is diversified across multiple strike prices and expiration dates based on current market expectations.

Under normal circumstances, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated, which may include securities of issuers located, or conducting their business, in emerging market countries.

There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and, if applicable, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting as a separate class, if applicable:

(1) Issue senior securities, as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), other than (i) preferred shares that immediately after issuance will have asset coverage of at least 200%, (ii) indebtedness that immediately after issuance will have asset coverage of at least 300%, or (iii) the borrowings permitted by investment restriction (2) set forth below;

(2) Borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act;

(3) Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities or acting as an agent or one of a group of co-agents in originating adjustable rate senior loans;

(4) Invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry, provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply to obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and provided further that for purposes of this limitation, the term “issuer” shall not include a lender selling a participation to the Fund together with any other person interpositioned between such lender and the Fund with respect to a participation;

(5) Purchase or sell real estate, except pursuant to the exercise by the Fund of its rights under loan agreements and except to the extent that interests in senior loans in which the Fund may invest are considered to be interests in real estate; and this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities of companies that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business, including real estate investment trusts, and securities secured by real estate or interests therein and the Fund may hold and sell real estate or mortgages on real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Fund’s ownership of such securities;

 

2


(6) Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, or except pursuant to the Fund’s Index Option Strategy or to the exercise by the Fund of its rights under loan agreements and except to the extent that interests in senior loans in which the Fund may invest are considered to be interests in commodities, and this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts or derivative instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities;

(7) Make loans, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act; and

(8) With respect to 75% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer, and provided further that for purposes of this restriction, the term “issuer” includes both the borrower under a loan agreement and the lender selling a participation to the Fund together with any other persons interpositioned between such lender and the Fund with respect to a participation.

For the purpose of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (8) above, a governmental issuer shall be deemed the single issuer of a security when its assets and revenues are separate from other governmental entities and its securities are backed only by its assets and revenues. Similarly, in the case of a non-governmental issuer, if the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental issuer, then such non-governmental issuer would be deemed to be the single issuer. Where a security is also backed by the enforceable obligation of a superior or unrelated governmental or other entity (other than a bond insurer), it shall also be included in the computation of securities owned that are issued by such governmental or other entity. Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank. When a municipal bond is insured by bond insurance, it shall not be considered a security that is issued or guaranteed by the insurer; instead, the issuer of such municipal bond will be determined in accordance with the principles set forth above.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest only up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and only up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased. As a stockholder in any investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and will remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management, advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Holders of Common Shares would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and therefore will be subject to the same leverage risks described herein. The Fund will consider the investments of underlying investment companies when determining compliance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act and when determining compliance with its own concentration policy, in each case to the extent the Fund has sufficient information about such investments after making a reasonable effort to obtain current information about the investments of underlying companies.

In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Fund is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board. The Fund may not:

(1) sell securities short, except that the Fund may make short sales of securities if, at all times when a short position is open, the Fund owns at least an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issuer as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short, and provided that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

3


(2) purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act or any exemptive relief obtained thereunder.

(3) purchase securities of companies for the purpose of exercising control, except to the extent that exercise by the Fund of its rights under loan agreements would be deemed to constitute exercising control.

The restrictions and other limitations set forth above will apply only at the time of purchase of securities and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of an acquisition of securities.

Although the Fund has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares or incur Borrowings, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by either guidelines of one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) that may issue ratings for FundPreferred shares, if any, commercial paper or notes, or, if the Fund borrows from a lender, by the lender. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. If these restrictions were to apply, it is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede NFALLC or Nuveen Asset Management from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.

OVERALL FUND MANAGEMENT

NFALLC is the Fund’s investment adviser, responsible for the Fund’s overall investment strategy and its implementation.

NFALLC will oversee Nuveen Asset Management in its management of the Fund’s portfolio. This oversight will include ongoing evaluation of Nuveen Asset Management’s investment performance, portfolio allocations, quality of investment process and personnel, compliance with Fund and regulatory guidelines, trade allocation and execution and other factors.

Nuveen Asset Management will invest the Fund’s Managed Assets in the Equity Portfolio that seeks to substantially replicate price movements of the S&P 500 Index. Nuveen Asset Management also will manage the Fund’s Option Strategy. The Fund’s Option Strategy will consist of selling call options covering between 35% and 75% of the value of the Fund’s equity portfolio, with a long-run target of 55%, in seeking to enhance the portfolio’s risk-adjusted returns. By selling call options on less than the full value of the Equity Portfolio, the Fund retains any potential capital appreciation or depreciation on the portion of the Equity Portfolio not effectively subject to the call options.

Investment Philosophy

Investment Philosophy.     Nuveen Asset Management believes an option strategy that combines selling call options and holding a broadly diversified equity portfolio may provide superior risk-adjusted returns than holding a standalone equity portfolio. An actively managed option strategy may be an effective risk management tool that results in an improved reward-to-risk ratio, greater return consistency and the potential for greater preservation of portfolio value in adverse markets.

Nuveen Asset Management believes index options may achieve better tax and transactional efficiency than options on individual stocks because index options are cash-settled with known exercise dates. Additionally, markets for index options are deeper, more liquid and result in lower transaction costs.

Nuveen Asset Management further believes that its integrated strategy of selling index call options (supported by an underlying equity portfolio) should generally provide returns that are superior to simply owning

 

4


the underlying equity market index under three different stock market scenarios: (i) moderately rising markets; (ii) stable or flat markets; (iii) moderately down trending markets. In strongly rising equity markets the option strategy would generally be expected to underperform the underlying index.

Investment Process.

Option Strategy. Nuveen Asset Management employs a dynamic option strategy consisting of writing (selling) index call options, call options on custom baskets of securities, and covered call options on individual securities. The Fund targets an overwrite level of 55% of the value of its Equity Portfolio over time, and the overwrite level will vary between 35% to 75% of the value of the Equity Portfolio based on the portfolio manager’s assessment of market conditions. Nuveen Asset Management’s option strategy is supported by investments in a diversified portfolio of stocks that seek to substantially replicate the price movements of the S&P 500 Index.

Nuveen Asset Management actively manages its option positions, purchasing back the S&P 500 Index call options and/or selling additional contracts based on relative value and risk/return analysis. To determine which S&P 500 Index options to utilize, Nuveen Asset Management considers market factors, such as current market levels and volatility, and option-specific factors (including but not limited to premium/cost, exercise price and expiration). Nuveen Asset Management seeks to construct a portfolio of index call options that is diversified across multiple strike prices and expiration dates.

Equity Portfolio. Nuveen Asset Management uses a multi-factor quantitative model to construct the Equity Portfolio. The model evaluates approximately 9,000 domestic and non-U.S. stocks to construct a portfolio of 200 to 400 stocks that meets criteria and constraints established by Nuveen Asset Management. Portfolio parameters may include, but are not limited to: tracking error of the portfolio to the S&P 500 Index, overlap of holdings with the S&P 500 Index and dividend yield. In addition, Nuveen Asset Management will consider the tax consequences of certain transactions within the Equity Portfolio and intends to manage the portfolio in a tax-efficient manner by taking, for example, capital losses when possible to offset realized capital gains. Nuveen Asset Management will rebalance and adjust the Equity Portfolio as necessary for tracking and tax management purposes.

PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

In addition to and supplementing the Fund’s Prospectus, the Fund’s portfolio will be composed of the investments described below.

Common Stocks

The Fund expects to invest in a portfolio of individual common stocks designed to replicate the risk and return profile of the S&P 500 Index. The Fund may also invest in pooled securities, including exchange-traded funds, that provide similar exposure to individual common stocks consistent with the Fund’s investment objective. Common stocks generally represent an ownership interest in an issuer, without preference over any other class of securities, including such issuer’s debt securities, preferred stock and other senior equity securities. Common stocks are entitled to the income and increase in the value of the assets and business of the issuer after all its debt obligations and obligations to preferred stockholders are satisfied. Common stocks generally have voting rights. Common stocks fluctuate in price in response to many factors, including historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity.

An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding of the risks that an investment in common stocks entails, including the risk that the financial condition of the issuers of the equity securities or the general condition of the common stock market may worsen and the value of the equity securities and therefore the value

 

5


of the Fund may decline. The Fund may not be an appropriate investment for those who are unable or unwilling to assume the risks involved generally with an equity investment. The past market and earnings performance of any of the equity securities included in the Fund is not predictive of their future performance. Common stocks are especially susceptible to general stock market movements and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of the issuers change. These perceptions are based on unpredictable factors, including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and interest rates, economic expansion or contraction, and global or regional political, economic or banking crises.

Shareholders of common stocks have rights to receive payments from the issuers of those common stocks that are generally subordinate to those of creditors of, or holders of debt obligations or preferred stocks of, such issuers. Shareholders of common stocks of the type held by the Fund have a right to receive dividends only when and if, and in the amounts, declared by the issuer’s board of directors and have a right to participate in amounts available for distribution by the issuer only after all other claims on the issuer have been paid or provided for. Common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer and, therefore, do not offer any assurance of income or provide the same degree of protection of capital as do debt securities. The issuance of additional debt securities or preferred stock will create prior claims for payment of principal, interest and dividends that could adversely affect the ability and inclination of the issuer to declare or pay dividends on its common stock or the rights of holders of common stock with respect to assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy. The value of common stocks is subject to market fluctuations for as long as the common stocks remain outstanding, and thus the value of the equity securities in the Fund will fluctuate over the life of the Fund and may be more or less than the price at which they were purchased by the Fund. The equity securities held in the Fund may appreciate or depreciate in value (or pay dividends) depending on the full range of economic and market influences affecting these securities, including the impact of the Fund’s purchase and sale of the equity securities and other factors.

Options Strategy

In carrying out its options strategy, the Fund may write index call options on the S&P 500 Index and other broad-based indices and may, if the Sub-Adviser deems conditions appropriate, write call options on a variety of other equity market indices. As the seller of an index call option, the Fund receives a premium from the purchaser. The purchaser of the index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price upon the exercise of the call option or the expiration date. If, at expiration, the purchaser exercises the index option sold by the Fund, the Fund will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price of the index option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the Fund as the seller of the index call option.

The Fund may also write call options on custom baskets of securities. A custom basket call option is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) option with a counterparty whose value is linked to the market value of a portfolio of underlying securities and is collateralized by a portion of the Fund’s equity portfolio. In designing the custom basket call options, the Sub-Adviser will primarily select assets not held by the Fund. In order to minimize the difference between the returns of the underlying securities in the custom basket (commonly referred to as a tracking error), the Sub-Adviser will use optimization calculations when selecting the individual securities for inclusion in the custom basket.

The Fund may also write single name call options on individual stocks. With respect to call options written on individual securities, the Fund will not write “naked” or uncovered call options. A call option written by the Fund on an individual security is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration. The Fund, in effect, sells the potential appreciation in the value of the security subject to the call option in exchange for the premium. The Fund may execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has sold and sell another option (with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both). The Fund’s objective in entering into such a closing transaction will be to optimize net index option premiums. The cost of a closing transaction may reduce the net option premiums realized from the sale of the option. This reduction could be offset, at least in part, by

 

6


appreciation in the value of the underlying security held in the Fund’s equity portfolio, and by the opportunity to realize additional premium income from selling a new option.

The Fund may purchase index put options if deemed strategically advisable by Nuveen Asset Management based on the relative cost of index put options compared to the protection afforded the Equity Portfolio by such index put options. Index put options will give the Fund, as holder of the options, the right to receive a cash payment from the seller of the options to the extent that the value of the S&P 500 Index is lower than the options’ exercise price upon its expiration. If a put option purchased by the Fund is not sold or expires when it has remaining value, or if the S&P 500 Index remains above the exercise price of the options at expiration, the Fund will lose its entire investment in the index put option. Also, when an S&P 500 Index put option is purchased to hedge all or part of the Fund’s Equity Portfolio, the price of the index put option may move more or less than the value of the Equity Portfolio.

Risks of Trading Options.    The ability to successfully implement the Fund’s primary options strategy depends on the Sub-Adviser’s ability to react appropriately to pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured, and is subject to various additional risks. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option, or at any particular time. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of its segregated assets until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if the Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

The value of the call options written by the Fund, which will be marked-to-market on a daily basis, will be affected by an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the S&P 500 Index and the underlying common and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. The value of the options may also be adversely affected if the market for the options becomes less liquid or smaller.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange, if any, that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Transactions by the Fund in options on securities and indices will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities governing the maximum number of options in each class that may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert. Thus, the number of options that the Fund may write may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Sub-Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidations of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

The writing of options is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The successful use of protective puts for hedging purposes depends in part on the Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.

 

7


The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets.

In addition to the risks of imperfect correlation between the Fund’s portfolio and the index underlying the option, the purchase of securities index options involves the risk that the premium and transaction costs paid by the Fund in purchasing an option will be lost. This could occur as a result of unanticipated movements in the price of the securities comprising the securities index on which the option is based.

Other Investments

The Fund may invest in other securities as described below:

U.S. Government Securities.    U.S. government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance: U.S. Treasury bills (maturities of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturities of one year to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years) and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities that are supported by any of the following: (i) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, (ii) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to a specific line of credit from the U.S. Treasury, (iii) discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the U.S. government agency or instrumentality or (iv) the credit of the agency or instrumentality. The Acquiring Fund also may invest in any other security or agreement collateralized or otherwise secured by U.S. government securities. Agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government include but are not limited to: Federal Land Banks, Federal Financing Banks, Banks for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Farm Credit Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the United States Postal Service, the Small Business Administration, the Tennessee Valley Authority and any other enterprise established or sponsored by the U.S. government. Because the U.S. government generally is not obligated to provide support to its instrumentalities, the Fund will invest in obligations issued by these instrumentalities only if the Adviser determines that the credit risk with respect to such obligations is minimal.

Commercial Paper.    Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies.

Repurchase Agreements.    A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities (U.S. government securities or municipal bonds) agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Fund’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Adviser, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Fund might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Fund may be delayed or limited. The Adviser will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Adviser will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.

 

8


Securities Issued by Non-U.S. Issuers.    The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated, which may include securities of issuers located, or conducting their business, in emerging market countries.

Securities of non-U.S. issuers include ADRs, Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities representing underlying shares of non-U.S. issuers. Positions in those securities are not necessarily denominated in the same currency as the common stocks into which they may be converted. ADRs are receipts typically issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. GDRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts evidencing ownership of non-U.S. securities. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for the U.S. securities markets and GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in non-U.S. securities markets. The Fund may invest in sponsored or unsponsored ADRs. In the case of an unsponsored ADR, the Fund is likely to bear its proportionate share of the expenses of the depository and it may have greater difficulty in receiving shareholder communications than it would have with a sponsored ADR.

Investors should understand and consider carefully the risks involved in investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers. Investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers involves certain considerations comprising both risks and opportunities not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers. These considerations include: (i) less publicly available information about non-U.S. issuers or markets due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards or regulatory practices; (ii) many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile, meaning that, in a changing market, the Adviser may not be able to sell the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio securities at times, in amounts or at prices they consider reasonable; (iii) potential adverse effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates or controls on the value of the Fund’s investments; (iv) the economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at slower rates than expected or may experience a downturn or recession; (v) the impact of economic, political, social or diplomatic developments may adversely affect the securities markets; (vi) withholding and other non-U.S. taxes may decrease the Fund’s return; (vii) certain non-U.S. countries may impose restrictions on the ability of non-U.S. issuers to make payments of principal and/or interest to investors located outside the U.S. due to blockage of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise; and (viii) possible seizure, expropriation or nationalization of the company or its assets. These risks are more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its investments in issuers located in one region and to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. Although the Fund may hedge its exposure to certain of these risks, including the foreign currency exchange rate risk, there can be no assurance that the Fund will enter into hedging transactions at any time or at times or under circumstances in which it might be advisable to do so.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions.    The Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, making payment or taking delivery at a later date, normally within 15 to 45 days of the trade date. On such transactions the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment. Beginning on the date the Fund enters into a commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, the Fund is required under rules of the SEC to maintain in a separate account liquid assets, consisting of cash, cash equivalents or liquid securities having a market value at all times of at least equal to the amount of any delayed payment commitment. Income generated by any such assets that provide taxable income for federal income tax purposes is includable in the taxable income of the Fund. The Fund may enter into contracts to purchase securities on a forward basis (i.e., where settlement will occur more than 60 days from the date of the transaction) only to the extent that the Fund specifically collateralizes such obligations with a security that is expected to be called or mature within 60 days before or after the settlement date of the forward transaction. The commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward basis may involve an element of risk because no interest accrues on the bonds prior to settlement and at the time of delivery the market value may be less than their cost.

Options on Securities.    The Fund may purchase call options on stock or other securities. In addition, the Fund may seek to hedge a portion of its portfolio investments through writing (selling) covered call options.

 

9


The Fund will receive a premium when it writes call options, which increases the Fund’s return on the underlying security in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. By writing a call, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as the seller of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the security’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the Fund’s acquisition cost of the security, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the difference, if any, between the call price paid to the Fund and the Fund’s acquisition cost of the security. Thus, in some periods the Fund might receive less total return and in other periods greater total return from its hedged positions than it would have received from its underlying securities unhedged.

Options on Stock Indices.    The Fund may purchase call options on stock indices (in addition to the S&P 500 Index) to enhance portfolio returns or to hedge against risks of market-wide price movements affecting its assets. In addition, the Fund may write covered call options on stock indices. The advisability of using stock index options to hedge against the risk of market-wide movements will depend on the extent of diversification of the Fund’s investments and the sensitivity of its investments to factors influencing the underlying index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options as a hedging technique will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the Fund’s investments correlate with price movements in the stock index selected. In addition, successful use by the Fund of options on stock indices will be subject to the ability of the Adviser to predict correctly changes in the relationship of the underlying index to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. No assurance can be given that the Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be correct.

When the Fund writes an option on a stock index, it will establish a segregated account with its custodian or broker in which the Fund will deposit liquid securities in an amount equal to the market value of the option, and will maintain the account while the option is open.

Stock Index Futures Contracts.    The Fund may purchase and sell stock index futures to enhance portfolio returns or as a hedge against movements in the equity markets. Stock index futures contracts are agreements in which one party agrees to deliver to the other an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of securities is made.

Under regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) currently in effect, which may change from time to time, with respect to futures contracts purchased by the Fund, the Fund will set aside in a segregated account liquid securities with a value at least equal to the value of instruments underlying such futures contracts less the amount of initial margin on deposit for such contracts. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that the Fund’s long and short positions in futures contracts must be collateralized with cash or certain liquid assets held in a segregated account or “covered” in order to counter the impact of any potential leveraging.

Parties to a futures contract must make “initial margin” deposits to secure performance of the contract. There are also requirements to make “variation margin” deposits from time to time as the value of the futures contract fluctuates.

The Fund and the Adviser have claimed, respectively, an exclusion from registration as a commodity pool operator and as a commodity trading advisor under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and, therefore, none of the Fund, the Adviser, or their officers and directors, are subject to the registration requirements of the CEA or regulation as a commodity pool operator or a commodity trading adviser under the CEA. The Fund reserves the right to engage in transactions involving futures and options thereon to the extent allowed by CFTC regulations in effect from time to time and in accordance with the Fund’s policies. In addition, certain provisions of the Code may limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into futures contracts or engage in options transactions. See “Federal Income Tax Matters.”

 

 

10


The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs).

With respect to options purchased by the Fund, there are no daily cash payments made by the Fund to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net asset value of the Fund.

Other Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.    The Fund’s use of derivative instruments also may include (i) U.S. Treasury security or U.S. government agency security futures contracts and (ii) options on U.S. Treasury security or U.S. government Agency security futures contracts. All such futures contracts and options thereon must be traded and listed on an exchange. U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency futures contracts are standardized contracts for the future delivery of a U.S. Treasury bond or U.S. Treasury note or a U.S. government agency security or their equivalent at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. An option on a U.S. Treasury or U.S. government agency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser of the option the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a U.S. Treasury or U.S. government agency futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the seller of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the seller’s future margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

Risks Associated with Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.    Futures prices are affected by many factors, such as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. While the Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts for hedging purposes, the use of futures contracts and options on futures contracts might result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. If, for example, the Fund had insufficient cash, it might have to sell a portion of its underlying portfolio of securities in order to meet daily variation margin requirements on its futures contracts or options on futures contracts at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. There may be an imperfect correlation between the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio holdings and futures contracts or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as: variations in speculative market demand for futures, futures options and the related securities, including technical influences in futures and futures options trading and differences between the securities markets and the securities underlying the standard contracts available for trading. Futures prices are affected by many factors, such as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until the expiration of the contract. Further, the Fund’s use of futures contracts and options on futures contracts to reduce risk involves costs and will be subject to the Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict correctly changes in interest rate relationships or other factors. A decision as to whether, when and how to use futures contracts involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected stock price or interest rate trends. No assurance can be given that the Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be correct.

There is no limit on the amount of the Fund’s assets that can be put at risk through the use of futures contracts and options thereon and the value of the Fund’s futures contracts and options thereon may equal or exceed 100% of the Fund’s total assets.

Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at

 

11


a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses. Stock index futures contracts are not normally subject to such daily price change limitations.

An option is an instrument that gives the holder of the instrument the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a predetermined number of specific securities (i.e. preferred stocks, common stocks or bonds) at a stated price within the expiration period of the instrument, which is generally less than 12 months from its issuance. If the right is not exercised after a specified period but prior to the expiration, the option expires.

Illiquid Securities.    The Fund may invest without limit in securities and other instruments that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable). For this purpose, illiquid securities may include, but are not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws), securities that may be resold only pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), that are deemed to be illiquid, and certain repurchase agreements.

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, the Acquiring Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Acquiring Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Illiquid securities will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or its delegate.

Short-Term Debt Securities.    Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest no more than 10% of its Managed Assets in short-term investment grade debt securities. During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may deviate from its investment objective and invest all or any portion of its assets in investment grade debt securities, including obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities. In such a case, the Fund may not pursue or achieve its investment objective. In addition, upon the Sub-Adviser’s recommendations that a change would be in the best interests of the Fund and upon concurrence by the Adviser, and subject to approval of the Board, the Sub-Adviser may deviate from its investment guidelines. These investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

(1) U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, the Farmers Home Administration, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Small Business Administration, and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies, and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.

(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally

 

12


negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.

(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Acquiring Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to purchase back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral.

If the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Adviser monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Adviser does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The Sub-Adviser will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity measures) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a NRSRO and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.

Other Investment Companies.    The Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including open- or closed-end investment companies or exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. In addition, the Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets in pooled investment vehicles (other than investment companies) that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. The Fund generally expects that it may invest in other investment companies and/or other pooled investment vehicles either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as during periods when there is a shortage of attractive securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly available in the market. As an investor in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Common shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The Sub-Adviser will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in the investment company relative to available securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and therefore will be subject to leverage risks. Leverage risks related to an investment in the securities of a leveraged investment company include the likelihood of greater volatility of the net asset value and market price of the investment company’s shares.

 

13


Portfolio Trading and Turnover Rate.    Portfolio trading may be undertaken to accomplish the investment objective of the Fund. In addition, a security may be sold and another with similar characteristics purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what the Sub-Adviser believes to be a temporary price disparity between the two securities. Temporary price disparities between two comparable securities may result from supply and demand imbalances where, for example, a temporary oversupply of certain securities may cause a temporarily low price for such securities, as compared with other securities of like quality and characteristics. A security may also be sold when the Sub-Adviser anticipates a change in the price of such security, the Sub-Adviser believes the price of a security has reached or is near a realistic maximum, or there are other securities that the Sub-Adviser believes are more attractive given the Fund’s investment objective.

The Fund may engage in portfolio trading when considered appropriate, but short-term trading in the Fund’s equity portfolio will not be used as the primary means of achieving the Fund’s investment objective. While there can be no assurance thereof, the Fund anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will generally not exceed 50% under normal circumstances. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 11%. However, there are no limits on the rate of portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, investment considerations warrant such action. Therefore, depending upon market conditions, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund may exceed 50% in particular years. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes.

 

14


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed for the Fund under the Investment Management Agreement (as defined under “Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser and Portfolio Manager—Investment Management Agreement and Related Fees”), is the responsibility of the Board. The number of trustees of the Fund is eleven, one of whom is an “interested person” (as the term “interested person” is defined in the 1940 Act) and ten of whom are not interested persons (referred to herein as “independent trustees”). None of the independent trustees has ever been a director, trustee or employee of, or consultant to, Nuveen Investments, NFALLC, Nuveen Asset Management, or their affiliates. The Board is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, the Class I trustees serving until the 2019 annual meeting, the Class II trustees serving until the 2020 annual meeting and the Class III trustees serving until the 2018 annual meeting, in each case until their respective successors are elected and qualified, as described below. Currently, William C. Hunter, Judith M. Stockdale, Carole E. Stone and Margaret L. Wolff are slated in Class I, John K. Nelson, Terence J. Toth and Robert L. Young are slated in Class II, and Margo L. Cook, Jack B. Evans, Albin F. Moschner and William J. Schneider are slated in Class III. If the Fund has preferred shares outstanding, two of the Fund’s trustees will be elected by the holders of such preferred shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining trustees of the Fund are elected by holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. In the event that the Fund fails to pay dividends on outstanding preferred shares for two years, holders of preferred shares are entitled to elect a majority of trustees of the Fund. The officers of the Fund serve annual terms through August of each year and are elected on an annual basis. The names, business addresses and years of birth of the trustees and officers of the Fund, their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, the number of portfolios each oversees and other directorships they hold are set forth below. Except as noted in the table below, the trustees of the Fund are directors or trustees, as the case may be, of 175 Nuveen-sponsored registered investment companies (the “Nuveen Funds”), which includes 89 open-end mutual funds (the “Nuveen Mutual Funds”), 75 closed-end funds and 11 NuShares ETFs.

 

Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen By
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Independent Trustees:

William J. Schneider

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1944)

  Chairman of
the Board
and Trustee
  Term—Class III

Length of
Service—

Since 1996

  Chairman of Miller-Valentine Partners, a real estate investment company; Board Member, WDPR Public Radio; formerly, Senior Partner and Chief Operating Officer (retired 2004) of Miller-Valentine Group; formerly, Director Dayton Development Coalition; formerly, Board Member, Business Advisory Council, Cleveland Federal Reserve Bank and University or Dayton Business School Advisory Council.   175   None

 

15


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen By
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Jack B. Evans

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1948)

  Trustee   Term—Class III
Length of
Service—
Since 1999
 

President, The Hall-

Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation (since 1996); Director, Public Member, American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery (since 2015); Life Trustee of Coe College and the Iowa College Foundation; formerly, Director, Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago; formerly, President and Chief Operating Officer, SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm; formerly, Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System; formerly, Director, The Gazette Company.

  175   Director and Chairman, United Fire Group, a publicly held company; formerly, Director, Alliant Energy.

William C. Hunter

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1948)

  Trustee   Term—Class I
Length of
Service—
Since 2003
  Dean Emeritus, formerly, Dean (2006-2012), Tippie College of Business, University of Iowa; past Director (2005-2015) and past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society; formerly, Director (1997-2007), Credit Research Center at Georgetown University; formerly, Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance (2003-2006), School of Business at the University of Connecticut; previously, Senior Vice President and Director of Research (1995-2003) at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.   175   Director of Wellmark, Inc. (since 2009); Director (since 2004) of Xerox Corporation.

 

16


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen By
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Albin F. Moschner

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1952)

  Trustee   Term—Class III

Length of
Service—
Since 2016

  Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm (since 2012); previously, held positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., including Consultant (2011-2012), Chief Operating Officer (2008-2011) and Chief Marketing Officer (2004-2008); formerly, President, Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. (2000-2003); formerly, President, One Point Services at One Point Communications (1999-2000); formerly, Vice Chairman of the Board, Diba, Incorporated (1996-1997); formerly, various executive positions with Zenith Electronics Corporation (1991-1996).   175   Director, USA Technologies, Inc., a provider of solutions and services to facilitate electronic payment transactions (since 2012); formerly, Director, Wintrust Financial Corporation (1996-2016).

 

17


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen By
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

John K. Nelson

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1962)

  Trustee   Term—Class II
Length of
Service—
Since 2013
  Member of Board of Directors of Core12 LLC (since 2008), a private firm which develops branding, marketing and communications strategies for clients; Director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (since 2009) and The President’s Council, Fordham University (since 2010); formerly, senior external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012- 2014); former Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Marian University (2010-2014 as trustee, 2011-2014 as Chairman); formerly, Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America, and Global Head of its Financial Markets Division (2007-2008); prior senior positions held at ABN AMRO include Corporate Executive Vice President and Head of Global Markets—the Americas (2006-2007), CEO of Wholesale Banking—North America and Global Head of Foreign Exchange and Futures Markets (2001-2006), and Regional Commercial Treasurer and Senior Vice President Trading—North America (1996- 2001); formerly, Trustee at St. Edmund Preparatory School in New York City.   175   None

Judith M. Stockdale

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1947)

  Trustee   Term—Class I
Length of
Service—
Since 1997
  Board Member of the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities (since 2013); Board Member of the Land Trust Alliance; formerly, Executive Director (1994-2012), Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation; prior thereto, Executive Director, Great Lakes Protection Fund (1990-1994).   175   None

 

18


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen By
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Carole E. Stone

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1947)

  Trustee   Term—Class I
Length of
Service—
Since 2007
  Former Director, Chicago Board Options Exchange (2006-2017); and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (2009-2017); formerly, Commissioner, New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform (2005-2010).   175   Director, CBOE Global Markets, Inc., formerly, CBOE Holdings, Inc. (since 2010).

Terence J. Toth

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1959)

  Trustee   Term—Class II
Length of
Service—
Since 2008
  Formerly, Co-Founding Partner, Promus Capital (2008-2017); Director of Fulcrum IT Service LLC (since 2010) and Quality Control Corporation (since 2012); formerly, Director, LogicMark LLC (2012-2016); formerly, Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. (2008-2013); formerly, CEO and President, Northern Trust Global Investments (2004-2007); Executive Vice President, Quantitative Management & Securities Lending (2000-2004); prior thereto, various positions with Northern Trust Company (since 1994); Member of Catalyst Schools of Chicago Board (since 2008) and Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and is Chair of its Investment Committee; formerly, Member, Chicago Fellowship Board (2005-2016); formerly, Member, Northern Trust Mutual Funds Board (2005-2007), Northern Trust Global Investments Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Japan Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Securities Inc. Board (2003-2007) and Northern Trust Hong Kong Board (1997-2004).   175   None

 

19


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen By
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Margaret L. Wolff

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1955)

  Trustee   Term—Class I
Length of
Service—
Since 2016
  Formerly, Of Counsel (2005-2014), Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (Mergers & Acquisitions Group); Member of the Board of Trustees of New York-Presbyterian Hospital (since 2005); Member (since 2004) and Chair (since 2015) of the Board of Trustees of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults); formerly, Member (2005-2015) and Vice Chair (2011- 2015) of the Board of Trustees of Mt. Holyoke College.   175   Formerly Member of the Board of Directors (2013-2017) of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each, a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.).

Robert L. Young*

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1963)

  Trustee   Term—Class II
Length of
Service—
Since 2017
  Formerly, Chief Operating Officer and Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (2010-2016); formerly, President and Principal Executive Officer (2013-2016), and Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2005-2010), of J.P. Morgan Funds; formerly, Director and various officer positions for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (formerly, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. and formerly, One Group Administrative Services) and JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (formerly, One Group Dealer Services, Inc.) (1999-2017).   173   None

 

20


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

 

Position(s)

Held with

Fund

 

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served with

Funds in the Fund

Complex

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

 

Number of

Portfolios

in Fund

Complex

Overseen By

Trustee

 

Other

Directorships

Held by

Trustee

During Past

Five Years

Interested Trustee:

Margo L. Cook**

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1964)

  Trustee   Term—Class III

Length of
Service—
Since 2016

  President (since 2017), formerly, Co-President (2016-2017), formerly, Senior Executive Vice President of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Executive Vice President (since February 2017) of Nuveen, LLC; President (since August 2017), formerly, Co-President (October 2016-August 2017), formerly, Senior Executive Vice President (2015-2016), and formerly, Executive Vice President (2011-2015) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; President, Global Products and Solutions (since July 2017), and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2015), formerly, Co-President, and formerly, Executive Vice President (2013-2015), of Nuveen Securities, LLC; President (since 2017), Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC; Chartered Financial Analyst.   175   None

 

* Effective July 1, 2017, Mr. Young was appointed as a director or trustee, as the case may be, of each of the Nuveen Funds except Nuveen Diversified Dividend and Income Fund and Nuveen Real Estate Income Fund.
** Ms. Cook is an “interested person” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, by reason of her positions with Nuveen, LLC and certain of its subsidiaries.

OFFICERS OF THE FUND:

 

Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupations Including
Other Directorships During
Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Officer

Cedric H. Antosiewicz

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1962)

  Chief
Administrative
Officer
  Term—Until

August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 2007

  Senior Managing Director (since January 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2004-2017) of Nuveen Securities LLC; Senior Managing Director (since January 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2014-2017) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC.   75

 

21


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupations Including
Other Directorships During
Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Officer

Lorna C. Ferguson

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1945)

  Vice President   Term—Until
August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 1998
  Senior Managing Director (since February 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2004-2017) of Nuveen.   175

Stephen D. Foy

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1954)

  Vice President
and Controller
  Term—Until
August 2018—
Length of

Service—
Since 1993

  Managing Director (since 2014), formerly, Senior Vice President (2013-2014) and Vice President (2005-2013) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2016) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2016) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC; Certified Public Accountant.   175

Nathaniel T. Jones

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1979)

  Vice President
and Treasurer
  Term—Until
August 2018—

Length of
Service—
Since 2016

  Managing Director (since January 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017), formerly, Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen; Chartered Financial Analyst.   175

Walter M. Kelly

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1970)

  Vice President
and Chief
Compliance

Officer

  Term—Until
August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 2003
  Managing Director (since January 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2008-2017) of Nuveen.   175

David J. Lamb

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1963)

  Vice President   Term—Until
August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 2015
  Managing Director (since January 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President of Nuveen (2006-2017), Vice President prior to 2006.   75

Tina M. Lazar

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1961)

  Vice President   Term—Until

August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 2002

  Managing Director (since January 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2014-2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC.   175

 

22


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupations Including
Other Directorships During
Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Officer

Kevin J. McCarthy

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1966)

  Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary
  Term—Until

August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 2007

  Senior Managing Director (since February 2017) and Secretary and General Counsel (since 2016) of Nuveen Investments, Inc., formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since January 2017) and Assistant Secretary (since 2008) of Nuveen Securities, LLC, formerly Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since February 2017), Secretary (since 2016) and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017), Managing Director, (2008-2016) and Assistant Secretary (2007-2016); Senior Managing Director (since February 2017), Secretary (since 2016) and Associate General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, formerly Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2011-2016); Senior Managing Director (since February 2017) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC, formerly Executive Vice President (2016-2017); Vice President (since 2007) and Secretary (since 2016), formerly, Assistant Secretary, of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Symphony Asset Management LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC and Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC.   175

 

23


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupations Including
Other Directorships During
Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Officer

William T. Meyers

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1966

  Vice President   Term—Until

August 2018

Length of
Service—

Since 2018

  Senior Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2016-2017), Senior Vice President (2010-2016) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Senior Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2016-2017), Senior Vice President (2010-2016) of Nuveen, has held various positions with Nuveen since 1991.   75

Michael A. Perry

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1967)

  Vice President   Term—Until

August 2018—

Length of
Service—

Since 2017

  Executive Vice President (since February 2017), previously, Managing Director (October 2016-2017), of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Executive Vice President (since 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2015-2017) of Nuveen Securities and Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC; formerly, Managing Director (2010-2015) of UBS Securities, LLC.   75

Kathleen L. Prudhomme

901 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55402

(1953)

  Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary
  Term—Until
August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 2011
  Managing Director and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2011); Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC; formerly, Deputy General Counsel, FAF Advisors, Inc. (2004-2010).   175

Christopher M. Rohrbacher

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1971)

  Assistant
Secretary
  Term—Until
August 2018
Length of
Service—
Since 2008
  Managing Director (since February 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (October 2016-February 2017) and Assistant Secretary (since October 2016) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since January 2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC.   175

 

24


Name, Business Address

and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
Held with
Fund
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served with
Funds in the Fund
Complex
 

Principal Occupations Including
Other Directorships During
Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Officer

William A. Siffermann

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1975)

  Vice President   Term—Until
August 2018—
Length of
Service—
Since 2017
  Managing Director (since February 2017), formerly Senior Vice President (2016-2017) and Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen.   175

Joel T. Slager

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1978)

  Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary
  Term—Until
August 2018
Length of
Service—
Since 2013
  Fund Tax Director for Nuveen Funds (since May, 2013); previously, Vice President of Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., Assistant Treasurer of the Morgan Stanley Funds (2010-2013).   175

Mark L. Winget

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1968)

  Vice President
and Assistant
Secretary
  Term—Until
August 2018
Length of
Service—
Since 2008
  Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2008); Vice President (since 2010) and Associate General Counsel (since 2008) of Nuveen.   175

Gifford R. Zimmerman

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(1956)

  Vice President
and Secretary
  Term—Until
August 2018
Length of
Service—
Since 1988
  Managing Director (since 2002) and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2002), Assistant Secretary (since 1997) and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2004) and Assistant Secretary (since 1994) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2011); Vice President (since February 2017) Managing Director (2003-2017) and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of Symphony Asset Management LLC; Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (since 2002) of Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC; Vice President and Assistant Secretary of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC (since 2006) and of Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Chartered Financial Analyst.   175

 

25


Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

The Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees (as the case may be, each is referred to hereafter as the “Board” and the trustees or directors of the Nuveen Funds, as applicable, are referred to herein as “Trustees”) oversees the operations and management of the Nuveen Fund (the “Nuveen Funds”), including the duties performed for the Nuveen Funds by NFALLC and each Nuveen Fund’s sub-adviser, as applicable. The Board has adopted a unitary board structure. A unitary board consists of one group of trustees who serve on the board of every Nuveen Fund in the fund complex. In adopting a unitary board structure, the Trustees seek to provide effective governance through establishing a board, the overall composition of which, will, as a body, possess the appropriate skills, independence and experience to oversee the Nuveen Funds’ business. With this overall framework in mind, when the Board, through its Nominating and Governance Committee discussed below, seeks nominees for the Board, the Trustees consider, not only the candidate’s particular background, skills and experience, among other things, but also whether such background, skills and experience enhance the Board’s diversity and at the same time complement the Board given its current composition and the mix of skills and experiences of the incumbent Trustees.

The Board believes the unitary board structure enhances good and effective governance, particularly given the nature of the structure of the investment company complex. Funds in the same complex generally are served by the same service providers and personnel and are governed by the same regulatory scheme which raises common issues that must be addressed by the trustees across the fund complex (such as compliance, valuation, liquidity, brokerage, trade allocation or risk management). The Board believes it is more efficient to have a single board review and oversee common policies and procedures which increases the Board’s knowledge and expertise with respect to the many aspects of fund operations that are complex-wide in nature. The unitary structure also enhances the Board’s influence and oversight over NFALLC and other service providers.

In an effort to enhance the independence of the Board, the Board also has a Chairman that is an independent trustee. The Board recognizes that a chairman can perform an important role in setting the agenda for the Board, establishing the boardroom culture, establishing a point person on behalf of the Board for fund management, and reinforcing the Board’s focus on the long-term interests of shareholders. The Board recognizes that a chairman may be able to better perform these functions without any conflicts of interests arising from a position with fund management. Accordingly, the Trustees have elected William J. Schneider as the Independent Chairman of the Board. Specific responsibilities of the Chairman include: (i) presiding at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders; (ii) seeing that all orders and resolutions of the Trustees are carried into effect; and (iii) maintaining records of and, whenever necessary, certifying all proceedings of the Trustees and the shareholders.

Although the Board has direct responsibility over various matters (such as advisory contracts, underwriting contracts and Fund performance), the Board also exercises certain of its oversight responsibilities through several committees that it has established and which report back to the full Board. The Board believes that a committee structure is an effective means to permit Trustees to focus on particular operations or issues affecting the Nuveen Funds, including risk oversight. More specifically, with respect to risk oversight, the Board has delegated matters relating to valuation and compliance to certain committees (as summarized below) as well as certain aspects of investment risk. In addition, the Board believes that the periodic rotation of Trustees among the different committees allows the Trustees to gain additional and different perspectives of the Fund’s operations. The Board has established six standing committees: the Executive Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Closed-End Funds Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, and the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board also may from time to time create ad hoc committees to focus on particular issues as the need arises. The membership and functions of the standing committees are summarized below.

The Executive Committee, which meets between regular meetings of the Board, is authorized to exercise all of the powers of the Board. The members of the Executive Committee are William J. Schneider (Chair), Margo L. Cook and Terence J. Toth. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Executive Committee did not meet.

 

26


The Dividend Committee is authorized to declare distributions on each Nuveen Fund’s shares including, but not limited to, regular and special dividends, capital gains and ordinary income distributions. The members of the Dividend Committee are William C. Hunter (Chair), Albin F. Moschner, Margaret L. Wolff and Terence J. Toth. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Dividend Committee met four (4) times.

The Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee (the “Compliance Committee”) is responsible for the oversight of compliance issues, risk management and other regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds that are not otherwise the jurisdiction of the other committees. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews policies and procedures designed to address the Nuveen Funds’ compliance and risk matters. As part of its duties, the Compliance Committee reviews the policies and procedures relating to compliance matters and recommends modifications thereto as necessary or appropriate to the full Board; develops new policies and procedures as new regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds arise from time to time; evaluates or considers any comments or reports from examinations from regulatory authorities and responses thereto; and performs any special reviews, investigations or other oversight responsibilities relating to risk management, compliance and/or regulatory matters as requested by the Board.

In addition, the Compliance Committee is responsible for risk oversight, including, but not limited to, the oversight of risks related to investments and operations. Such risks include, among other things, exposures to particular issuers, market sectors, or types of securities; risks related to product structure elements, such as leverage; and techniques that may be used to address those risks, such as hedging and swaps. In assessing issues brought to the committee’s attention or in reviewing a particular policy, procedure, investment technique or strategy, the Compliance Committee evaluates the risks to the Nuveen Funds in adopting a particular approach or resolution compared to the anticipated benefits to the Nuveen Funds and their shareholders. In fulfilling its obligations, the Compliance Committee meets on a quarterly basis, and at least once a year in person. The Compliance Committee receives written and oral reports from the Nuveen Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and meets privately with the CCO at each of its quarterly meetings. The CCO also provides an annual report to the full Board regarding the operations of the Nuveen Funds’ and other service providers’ compliance programs as well as any recommendations for modifications thereto. The Compliance Committee also receives reports from the investment services group of Nuveen Investments regarding various investment risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board also participates in discussions with management regarding certain matters relating to investment risk, such as the use of leverage and hedging. The investment services group therefore also reports to the full Board at its quarterly meetings regarding, among other things, Fund performance and the various drivers of such performance. Accordingly, the Board directly and/or in conjunction with the Compliance Committee oversees matters relating to investment risks. Matters not addressed at the committee level are addressed directly by the full Board. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Compliance Committee are Albin F. Moschner, John K. Nelson (Chair), Judith M. Stockdale, Margaret L. Wolff and Robert L. Young. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Compliance Committee met eight (8) times.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the accounting and reporting policies, processes and practices of the Nuveen Funds, and the audits of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the quality and integrity of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the Nuveen Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence; and the pricing procedures of the Nuveen Funds and the internal valuation group of Nuveen. It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to select, evaluate and replace any independent auditors (subject only to Board and, if applicable, shareholder ratification) and to determine their compensation. The Audit Committee is also responsible for, among other things, overseeing the valuation of securities comprising the Nuveen Funds’ portfolios. Subject to the Board’s general supervision of such actions, the Audit Committee addresses any valuation issues, oversees the Nuveen Funds’ pricing procedures and actions taken by Nuveen’s internal valuation group which provides regular reports to the committee, reviews any issues relating to the valuation of the Nuveen Funds’ securities brought to its attention and considers the risks to the Nuveen Funds in assessing the possible resolutions to these matters. The Audit Committee also may consider any financial risk exposures for the Nuveen Funds in conjunction with performing its functions.

 

27


To fulfill its oversight duties, the Audit Committee receives annual and semi-annual reports and has regular meetings with the external auditors for the Nuveen Funds and NFALLC’s internal audit group at Nuveen Investments. The Audit Committee also may review in a general manner the processes the Board or other Board committees have in place with respect to risk assessment and risk management as well as compliance with legal and regulatory matters relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. Members of the Audit Committee shall be independent (as set forth in the charter) and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the trustees, would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment as an Audit Committee member. The members of the Audit Committee are Jack B. Evans (Chair), William C. Hunter, John K. Nelson, Carole E. Stone and Terence J. Toth, each of whom is an Independent Trustee of the Nuveen Funds. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Audit Committee met four (4) times.

The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for seeking, identifying and recommending to the Board qualified candidates for election or appointment to the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee oversees matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, the assignment and rotation of committee members, and the establishment of corporate governance guidelines and procedures, to the extent necessary or desirable, and matters related thereto. Although the unitary and committee structure has been developed over the years and the Nominating and Governance Committee believes the structure has provided efficient and effective governance, the committee recognizes that as demands on the Board evolve over time (such as through an increase in the number of funds overseen or an increase in the complexity of the issues raised), the committee must continue to evaluate the Board and committee structures and their processes and modify the foregoing as may be necessary or appropriate to continue to provide effective governance. Accordingly, the Nominating and Governance Committee has a separate meeting each year to, among other things, review the Board and committee structures, their performance and functions, and recommend any modifications thereto or alternative structures or processes that would enhance the Board’s governance over the Nuveen Funds’ business.

In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee, among other things, makes recommendations concerning the continuing education of trustees; monitors performance of legal counsel and other service providers; establishes and monitors a process by which security holders are able to communicate in writing with members of the Board; and periodically reviews and makes recommendations about any appropriate changes to Trustee compensation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee receives suggestions from various sources, including suggestions from fund security holders, as to suitable candidates. Suggestions should be sent in writing to Lorna Ferguson, Manager of Fund Board Relations, Nuveen LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. The Nominating and Governance Committee sets appropriate standards and requirements for nominations for new Trustees and reserves the right to interview any and all candidates and to make the final selection of any new Trustees. In considering a candidate’s qualifications, each candidate must meet certain basic requirements, including relevant skills and experience, time availability (including the time requirements for due diligence site visits to internal and external sub-advisers and service providers) and, if qualifying as an Independent Trustee candidate, independence from NFALLC, subadvisors, underwriters or other service providers, including any affiliates of these entities. These skill and experience requirements may vary depending on the current composition of the Board, since the goal is to ensure an appropriate range of skills, diversity and experience, in the aggregate. Accordingly, the particular factors considered and weight given to these factors will depend on the composition of the Board and the skills and backgrounds of the incumbent Trustees at the time of consideration of the nominees. All candidates, however, must meet high expectations of personal integrity, independence, governance experience and professional competence. All candidates must be willing to be critical within the Board and with management and yet maintain a collegial and collaborative manner toward other Board members. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. This committee is composed of the Independent Trustees of the Nuveen Funds. The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are William J. Schneider (Chair), Jack B. Evans, William C. Hunter, Albin F. Moschner, John K. Nelson, Judith M. Stockdale, Carole E. Stone, Terrence J. Toth, Margaret L. Wolff and Robert L. Young. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Nominating and Governance Committee met five (5) times.

 

28


The Closed-End Funds Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the Nuveen Funds that are registered as closed-end management investment companies (the “Closed-End Funds”). The committee may review and evaluate matters related to the formation and the initial presentation to the Board of new Closed-End Funds and may review and evaluate any matters relating to existing Closed-End Funds. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Closed-End Funds Committee are Carole E. Stone (Chair), Margo L. Cook, Jack B. Evans, Albin F. Moschner, William J. Schneider, Terence J. Toth and Robert L. Young. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Closed-End Funds Committee met four (4) times.

Board Diversification and Trustee Qualifications

In determining that a particular Trustee was qualified to serve on the Board, the Board has considered each Trustee’s background, skills, experience and other attributes in light of the composition of the Board with no particular factor controlling. The Board believes that Trustees need to have the ability to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Fund management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, and the Board believes each trustee satisfies this standard. An effective trustee may achieve this ability through his or her educational background; business, professional training or practice; public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member or executive of investment funds, public companies or significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Accordingly, set forth below is a summary of the experiences, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led to the conclusion, as of the date of this document, that each Trustee should continue to serve in that capacity. References to the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

Margo L. Cook. Ms. Cook, an interested Trustee of the Nuveen Funds, is President (since 2017), formerly, Co-President of Nuveen Investments (2016-2017), prior to which she had been Senior Executive Vice President of Nuveen Investments since (2015-2016). Ms. Cook is a member of the Senior Leadership Team and Executive Vice President (since February 2017) of Nuveen, LLC, as well as co-chair of Nuveen Investment’s Management and Operating Committees. She is President (since August 2017), formerly, Co-president, prior to which she had been Senior Executive Vice President (2015-2016) of NFALLC and President Global Products and Solutions, and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Nuveen Securities, LLC (“Nuveen Securities”). Since joining in 2008, she has held various leadership roles at Nuveen Investments, including as Head of Investment Services, responsible for investment-related efforts across the firm. Ms. Cook also serves on the Board of Nuveen Global Fund Investors. Before joining Nuveen Investments, she was the Global Head of Bear Stearns Asset Management’s institutional business. Prior to that, she spent over 20 years within BNY Mellon’s asset management business; including as Chief Investment Officer for Institutional Asset Management and Head of Institutional Fixed Income. Ms. Cook earned her bachelor’s degree in finance from the University of Rhode Island, her Executive MBA from Columbia University, and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. She serves as Vice Chair of The University of Rhode Island Foundation Board of Trustees and Chair of the All Stars Project of Chicago Board.

Jack B. Evans. Mr. Evans has served as President of the Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation, since 1996. Mr. Evans was formerly President and Chief Operating Officer of the SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm headquartered in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. He was a member of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago as well as a Director of Alliant Energy and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System. Mr. Evans is Chairman of the Board of United Fire Group, sits on the Board as a Public Member of the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery and is a Life Trustee of Coe College. He has a Bachelor of Arts from Coe College and a M.B.A. from the University of Iowa.

William C. Hunter. Mr. Hunter became Dean Emeritus of the Henry B. Tippie College of Business at the University of Iowa on June 30, 2012. He was appointed Dean of the College on July 1, 2006. He had been Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance at the University of Connecticut School of Business since 2003-2006.

 

29


From 1995 to 2003, he was the Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. While there he served as the Bank’s Chief Economist and was an Associate Economist on the Federal Reserve System’s Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC). In addition to serving as a Vice President in charge of financial markets and basic research at the Federal Reserve Bank in Atlanta, he held faculty positions at Emory University, Atlanta University, the University of Georgia and Northwestern University. A past Director of the Credit Research Center at Georgetown University, SS&C Technologies, Inc. (2005) and past President of the Financial Management Association International, he has consulted with numerous foreign central banks and official agencies in Western Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, Asia, Central America and South America. From 1990 to 1995, he was a U.S. Treasury Advisor to Central and Eastern Europe. He has been a Director of the Xerox Corporation since 2004 and Wellmark, Inc. since 2009. He is a past Director and a past President of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., the International Business Honor Society.

Albin F. Moschner. Mr. Moschner is a consultant in the wireless industry and, in July 2012, founded Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm that provides operational, management and governance solutions. Prior to founding Northcroft Partners, LLC, Mr. Moschner held various positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., a provider of wireless services, where he was a consultant from February 2011 to July 2012, Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to February 2011, and Chief Marketing Officer from August 2004 to June 2008. Before he joined Leap Wireless International, Inc., Mr. Moschner was President of the Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. from 2000 to 2003, and President of One Point Services at One Point Communications from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Moschner also served at Zenith Electronics Corporation as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 1996, and as Director, President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to 1995. Since 2012, Mr. Moschner has been a member of the Board of Directors of USA Technologies, Inc. and, from 1996 until 2016, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation. In addition, he currently serves on the Advisory Boards of the Kellogg School of Management (since 1995) and the Archdiocese of Chicago Financial Council (since May 2012). Mr. Moschner received a Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering from The City College of New York in 1974 and a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University in 1979.

John K. Nelson. Mr. Nelson is currently on the Board of Directors of Core12 LLC (since 2008), a private firm which develops branding, marketing, and communications strategies for clients. Mr. Nelson has served in several senior executive positions with ABN AMRO Holdings N.V. and its affiliated entities and predecessors, including LaSalle Bank Corporation from 1996 to 2008. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Nelson was Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America, and Global Head of its Financial Markets Division. He was a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee of the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States, and during his tenure with ABN AMRO, served as the bank’s representative on various committees of the Bank of Canada, European Central Bank, and the Bank of England. At Fordham University, he currently serves as a director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies, and The President’s Council. He is also a member of The Economic Club of Chicago. He was formerly a senior external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP, formerly a member of the Hyde Park Angels, and was formerly a Trustee at St. Edmund Preparatory School in New York City. He formerly served as the Chairman of The Board of Trustees of Marian University. Mr. Nelson graduated and received his MBA from Fordham University.

William J. Schneider. Mr. Schneider, the Nuveen Funds’ Independent Chairman, is currently Chairman, formerly Senior Partner and Chief Operating Officer (retired, December 2004) of Miller-Valentine Partners, a real estate investment company. He is an owner in several other Miller-Valentine Group entities. He is currently a member of the board of WDPR Public radio station. He is formerly a Director and Past Chair of the Dayton Development Coalition. He was formerly a member of the Community Advisory Board of the National City Bank in Dayton as well as a former member of the Business Advisory Council of the Cleveland Federal Reserve Bank. Mr. Schneider was also a member of the Business Advisory Council for the University of Dayton College of Business. He also served as Chair of the Miami Valley Hospital and as Chair of the Finance Committee of its parent holding company. Mr. Schneider was an independent Trustee of the Flagship Funds, a group of municipal open-end funds. Mr. Schneider has a Bachelor of Science in Community Planning from the University of Cincinnati and a Masters of Public Administration from the University of Dayton.

 

30


Judith M. Stockdale. Ms. Stockdale retired in 2012 as Executive Director of the Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation, a private foundation working in land conservation and artistic vitality in the Chicago region and the Low Country of South Carolina. She is currently a board member of the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities (since November 2013) and rejoined the board of the Land Trust Alliance in June 2013. Her previous positions include Executive Director of the Great Lakes Protection Fund, Executive Director of Openlands, and Senior Staff Associate at the Chicago Community Trust. She has served on the Advisory Councils of the National Zoological Park, the Governor’s Science Advisory Council (Illinois) and the Nancy Ryerson Ranney Leadership Grants Program. She has served on the boards of Brushwood Center and the Donors Forum. Ms. Stockdale, a native of the United Kingdom, has a Bachelor of Science degree in geography from the University of Durham (UK) and a Master of Forest Science degree from Yale University.

Carole E. Stone. Ms. Stone is currently on the Board of Directors of the CBOE Global Markets, Inc. (formerly, CBOE Holdings, Inc.), having previously served on the Boards of the Chicago Board Options Exchange, and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated. Ms. Stone retired from the New York State Division of the Budget in 2004, having served as its Director for nearly five years and as Deputy Director from 1995 through 1999. She has also served as the Chair of the New York Racing Association Oversight Board, as a Commissioner on the New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform and as a member of the Boards of Directors of several New York State public authorities. Ms. Stone has a Bachelor of Arts from Skidmore College in Business Administration.

Terence J. Toth. Mr. Toth was a Co-Founding Partner of Promus Capital (2008-2017). From 2012 to 2016, he was a Director of LogicMark LLC. From 2008 to 2013, he was a Director of Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he was Chief Executive Officer and President of Northern Trust Global Investments, and Executive Vice President of Quantitative Management & Securities Lending from 2000 to 2004. He also formerly served on the Board of the Northern Trust Mutual Funds. He joined Northern Trust in 1994 after serving as Managing Director and Head of Global Securities Lending at Bankers Trust (1986 to 1994) and Head of Government Trading and Cash Collateral Investment at Northern Trust from 1982 to 1986. He currently serves on the Board of Fulcrum IT Service LLC (since 2010), Quality Control Corporation (since 2012) and Catalyst Schools of Chicago. He is on the Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and is the Chair of its Investment Committee. Mr. Toth graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Illinois, and received his M.B.A. from New York University. In 2005, he graduated from the CEO Perspectives Program at Northwestern University.

Margaret L. Wolff. Ms. Wolff retired from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in 2014 after more than 30 years of providing client service in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group. During her legal career, Ms. Wolff devoted significant time to advising boards and senior management on U.S. and international corporate, securities, regulatory and strategic matters, including governance, shareholder, fiduciary, operational and management issues. Ms. Wolff has been a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital since 2005 and, since 2004, she has served as a trustee of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults) where she currently is the Chair. From 2013-2017, she was a Board member of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each of which is a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.). From 2005 to 2015, she was a trustee of Mt. Holyoke College and served as Vice Chair of the Board from 2011 to 2015. Ms. Wolff received her Bachelor of Arts from Mt. Holyoke College and her Juris Doctor from Case Western Reserve University School of Law.

Robert L. Young. Mr. Young has more than 30 years of experience in the investment management industry. From 1997 to 2017, he held various positions with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“J.P. Morgan Investment”) and its affiliates (collectively, “J.P. Morgan”). Most recently, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Director of J.P. Morgan Investment (from 2010 to 2016) and as President and Principal Executive Officer of the J.P. Morgan Funds (from 2013 to 2016). As Chief Operating Officer of J.P. Morgan Investment, Mr. Young led service, administration and business platform support activities for J.P. Morgan’s domestic retail mutual fund and institutional commingled and separate account businesses, and co-led these activities for J.P. Morgan’s

 

31


global retail and institutional investment management businesses. As President of the J.P. Morgan Funds, Mr. Young interacted with various service providers to these funds, facilitated the relationship between such funds and their boards, and was directly involved in establishing board agendas, addressing regulatory matters, and establishing policies and procedures. Before joining J.P. Morgan, Mr. Young, a former Certified Public Accountant (CPA), was a Senior Manager (Audit) with Deloitte & Touche LLP (formerly, Touche Ross LLP), where he was employed from 1985 to 1996. During his tenure there, he actively participated in creating, and ultimately led, the firm’s midwestern mutual fund practice. Mr. Young holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from the University of Dayton and, from 2008 to 2011, he served on the Investment Committee of its Board of Trustees.

Independent Chairman

The Trustees have elected William J. Schneider as the independent Chairman of the Board. Specific responsibilities of the Chairman include (a) presiding at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders; (b) seeing that all orders and resolutions of the trustees are carried into effect; and (c) maintaining records of and, whenever necessary, certifying all proceedings of the trustees and the shareholders.

Class I Trustees will serve until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2019; Class II Trustees will serve until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2020; and Class III Trustees will serve until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2018. As each Trustee’s term expires, shareholders will be asked to elect trustees and such trustees shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting subsequent to their election or thereafter in each case when their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. These provisions could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board. See “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws” in the Prospectus.

SHARE OWNERSHIP

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee as of December 31, 2017:

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund
     Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
All Registered
Investment Companies
Overseen by Trustee
in Family of Investment
Companies
 

Margo L. Cook

     None        Over $ 100,000  

Jack B. Evans

     None        Over $ 100,000  

William C. Hunter

     None        Over $ 100,000  

Albin F. Moschner

     None        Over $ 100,000  

John K. Nelson

     None        Over $ 100,000  

William J. Schneider

     None        Over $ 100,000  

Judith M. Stockdale

     None        Over $ 100,000  

Carole E. Stone .

     None        Over $ 100,000  

Terence J. Toth

     None        Over $ 100,000  

Margaret L. Wolff

     None        Over $ 100,000  

Robert L. Young

     None        $50,001-$100,000  

As of March 1, 2018, the officers and Trustees as a group beneficially owned less than 1% of any class of the Fund’s outstanding securities. As of March 1, 2018, none of the disinterested Trustees or their immediate family members owned, beneficially, or of record, any securities in (i) an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund or (ii) a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund.

 

32


5% Shareholders

The following table sets forth the percentage ownership of each person who, as of March 29, 2018, owned of record, or was known by the Fund to own of record or beneficially, 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s equity securities:*

 

Name of Equity Security

  

Name and Address of Owner

  

% of Beneficial Ownership

 

Common Shares

  

First Trust Portfolios L.P.

120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400

Wheaton, IL 60787

First Trust Advisors L.P.

120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400

Wheaton, IL 60787

The Charger Corporation

120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400

Wheaton, IL 60787

     10.44

 

* The information contained in this table is based on a Schedule 13G filing made January 18, 2018.

COMPENSATION

The following table shows, for each independent trustee, (1) the aggregate compensation paid to each Trustee by the Fund for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, (2) the amount of total compensation paid to each Trustee by the Fund that has been deferred, and (3) the total compensation paid to each Trustee by the Nuveen Funds during the calendar year ended December 31, 2017. The Fund does not have a retirement or pension plan. The officers and Trustees affiliated with Nuveen Investments serve without any compensation from the Fund. Certain of the Nuveen Funds have a deferred compensation plan (the “Compensation Plan”) that permits any Trustee who is not an “interested person” of certain funds to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her compensation as a Trustee. The deferred compensation of a participating trustee is credited to the book reserve account of a fund when the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the trustee. The value of the Trustee’s deferral account at any time is equal to the value that the account would have had if contributions to the account had been invested and reinvested in shares of one or more of the eligible Nuveen Funds. At the time for commencing distributions from a Trustee’s deferral account, the Trustee may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or over a period of five years. The Fund will not be liable for any other fund’s obligations to make distributions under the Compensation Plan.

 

     Aggregate
Compensation from Fund(1)
     Amount of
Total Compensation
From the Fund
That Has Been
Deferred(2)
     Total Compensation from
Fund and Fund Complex(3)
 

Jack B. Evans

   $ 688      $ 65      $ 352,156  

William C. Hunter

     654               337,875  

David J. Kundert(4)

     718        718        365,903  

Albin F. Moschner

     623               318,125  

John K. Nelson

     716               366,125  

William J. Schneider

     823        823        420,018  

Judith M. Stockdale

     642        63        329,708  

Carole E. Stone

     701        355        358,638  

Terence J. Toth

     685               355,825  

Margaret L. Wolff

     641        220        329,503  

Robert L. Young(5)

     162        162        82,707  

 

(1) The compensation paid, including deferred amounts, to the independent trustees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 for services to the Fund.

 

33


(2) Pursuant to a deferred compensation agreement with certain of the Nuveen Funds, deferred amounts are treated as though an equivalent dollar amount has been invested in shares of one or more eligible Nuveen Funds. Total deferred fees for the Fund (including the return from the assumed investment in the eligible Nuveen Funds) payable are stated above.
(3) Based on the compensation paid (including any amounts deferred) for the calendar year ended December 31, 2017 for services to the Nuveen open-end and closed-end funds. Because the funds in the Fund Complex have different fiscal year ends, the amounts shown in this column are presented on a calendar year basis.
(4) Mr. Kundert retired from the Board, effective December 31, 2017.
(5) Mr. Young was appointed to the Board effective July 1, 2017.

Effective January 1, 2018, Independent Trustees recieve a $185,000 annual retainer, increased from $177,500 as of January 1, 2017, increased from $170,000 as of January 1, 2016, plus (a) a fee of $6,000 per day, which was increased from $5,750 per day as of January 1, 2017, for attendance in-person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in-person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled Board Meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in-person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in-person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in-person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (d) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in-person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in-person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (e) a fee of $1,000 per meeting for attendance in-person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in-person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in-person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is not required and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acts as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held and (g) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in-person or by telephone at Closed-End Funds Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in-person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chairman of the Board receives $90,000, increased from $80,000 as of January 1, 2017, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Closed-End Funds Committee receive $12,500 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also receive a fee of $3,000 per day for site visits to entities that provide services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board Meeting is held. When ad hoc committees are organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee will at the time of formation determine compensation to be paid to the members of such committee; however, in general, such fees will be $1,000 per meeting for attendance in-person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in-person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required. The annual retainer, fees and expenses are allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management may, in its discretion, establish a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund. In certain instances fees and expenses will be allocated only to those Nuveen Funds that are discussed at a given meeting.

The Fund has no employees. The officers of the Fund and the trustees of the Fund who are not independent trustees serve without any compensation from the Fund.

 

34


INVESTMENT ADVISER, SUB-ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Investment Adviser. Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, the Fund’s investment adviser, is responsible for overseeing the Fund’s overall investment strategy and its implementation. NFALLC offers advisory and investment management services to a broad range of investment company clients. NFALLC has overall responsibility for management of the Fund, oversees the management of the Fund’s portfolio, manages the Fund’s business affairs and provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. NFALLC is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. NFALLC is an indirect subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC (“Nuveen”), the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“TIAA”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of December 31, 2017, Nuveen managed approximately $970 billion in assets, of which approximately $139 billion was managed by NFALLC.

Investment Management Agreement and Related Fees. Pursuant to an investment management agreement between NFALLC and the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee for the overall advisory and administrative services and general office facilities provided by NFALLC. The Fund’s management fee is separated into two components—a complex-level component, based on the aggregate amount of all fund assets managed by NFALLC, and a specific fund-level component, based only on the amount of assets within the Fund. This pricing structure enables Nuveen fund shareholders to benefit from growth in the assets within each individual fund as well as from growth in the amount of complex-wide assets managed by NFALLC.

Fund-Level Fee. The annual fund-level fee for the Fund, payable monthly, is calculated according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Managed Assets*

   Fund-Level
Fee Rate
 

For the first $500 million

     0.6600

For the next $500 million

     0.6350

For the next $500 million

     0.6100

For the next $500 million

     0.5850

For Managed Assets over $2 billion

     0.5600

Complex-Level Fee.    The annual complex-level fee for the Fund, payable monthly, is calculated by multiplying the current complex-wide fee rate, determined according to the following schedule, by the Fund’s daily managed assets:

 

Complex-Level Eligible
Asset Breakpoint Level*

   Effective
Complex-Level
Fee Rate  at
Breakpoint Level
 

  $55 billion

     0.2000 %

  $56 billion

     0.1996 %

  $57 billion

     0.1989 %

  $60 billion

     0.1961 %

  $63 billion

     0.1931 %

  $66 billion

     0.1900 %

  $71 billion

     0.1851 %

  $76 billion

     0.1806 %

  $80 billion

     0.1773 %

  $91 billion

     0.1691 %

  $125 billion

     0.1599 %

  $200 billion

     0.1505 %

 

35


Complex-Level Eligible
Asset Breakpoint Level*

   Effective
Complex-Level
Fee Rate  at
Breakpoint Level
 

  $250 billion

     0.1469 %

  $300 billion

     0.1445 %

 

* For the complex-level fees, managed assets include closed-end fund assets managed by NFALLC that are attributable to certain types of leverage. For these purposes, leverage includes the funds’ use of preferred stock and borrowings and certain investments in the residual interest certificates (also called inverse floating rate securities) in tender option bond (TOB) trusts, including the portion of assets held by a TOB trust that has been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate securities, subject to an agreement by NFALLC as to certain funds to limit the amount of such assets for determining managed assets in certain circumstances. The complex level fee is calculated based upon the aggregate daily managed assets of all Nuveen open-end and closed-end funds that constitute “eligible assets.” Eligible assets do not include assets attributable to investments in other Nuveen funds or assets in excess of a determined amount (originally $2 billion) added to the Nuveen fund complex in connection with NFALLC’s assumption of the management of the former First American Funds effective January 1, 2011. As of December 31, 2017, the complex-level fee rate for the Fund was 0.1595%.

The following table sets forth the management fee paid by the Fund for the last three fiscal years:

 

     Management Fee Net of Expense
Reimbursement Paid for  the
Fiscal Year Ended
     Expense
Reimbursement for the
Fiscal Year Ended
 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

   $ 2,033,440      $  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

   $ 1,937,759      $  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

   $ 2,095,239      $  

In addition to the fee of NFALLC, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management), custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of issuing Preferred Shares (if any), expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of dividends to investors.

A discussion regarding the Board’s most recent decision to renew the Investment Management Agreement for the Fund may be found in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders dated June 30 of each year.

Sub-Adviser. Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as the Fund’s sub-adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Nuveen Asset Management is a registered investment adviser, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of NFALLC. Nuveen Asset Management oversees day-to-day investment operations of and provides portfolio management to the Fund. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Asset Management will be compensated for the services it provides to the fund with a portion of the management fee NFALLC receives from the Fund. NFALLC and Nuveen Asset Management retain the right to reallocate investment advisory responsibilities and fees between themselves in the future.

Sub-Advisory Agreement and Related Fees. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Asset Management will receive from NFALLC a management fee equal to 0.3900% of the Sub-Adviser’s allocation of Fund net assets (including net assets attributable to Fund Preferred Shares and the principal amount of any borrowings).

 

36


The following table sets forth the management fee paid by NFALLC to Nuveen Asset Management for the last three fiscal years:

 

     Sub-Advisory Fee Paid by NFALLC
to Nuveen Asset Management
 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

   $ 962,594  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

   $ 919,089  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

   $ 995,786  

A discussion regarding the Board’s most recent decision to renew the Sub-Advisory Agreement for the Fund may be found in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ended June 30 of each year.

Portfolio Managers. Unless otherwise indicated, the information below is provided as of the date of this SAI.

Portfolio Management. Keith Hembre, Managing Director of Nuveen Asset Management, entered the financial services industry in 1992. He joined Nuveen Asset Management, LLC in January 2011 following the firm’s acquisition of a portion of the asset management business of FAF Advisors, Inc. (“FAF Advisors”) and currently serves as Nuveen Asset Management’s Chief Economist and Chief Investment Strategist. Mr. Hembre previously served in various positions with FAF Advisors since 1997 where he headed the team that managed the firm’s asset allocation, international equity, quantitative equity, and index products and most recently also served as Chief Economist and Chief Investment Strategist.

David Friar, Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager of Nuveen Asset Management since 2011, entered the financial services industry in 1998. He joined Nuveen Asset Management in January 2011 following the firm’s acquisition of a portion of the asset management business of FAF Advisors. Mr. Friar previously served in various positions with FAF Advisors since 1999 where he served as a member of FAF’s Performance Measurement group.

Other Accounts. The Portfolio Managers also have responsibility for the day-to-day management of accounts other than the Fund. Information regarding these other accounts is set forth below.

 

     

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Assets by Account Type as of December 31, 2017

Portfolio Manager

  

Type of
Account Managed

   Number
of Accounts
   

Total Assets*

   Number of
Accounts with
Performance
Based Fees
   Assets of
Accounts with
Performance
Based Fees

Keith Hembre

   Registered Investment Companies      8     $2.70 billion    0    0
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles      0     $0    0    0
   Other Accounts      3     $30 million    0    0

David Friar

   Registered Investment Companies      6     $2.17 billion    0    0
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles      0     $0    0    0
   Other Accounts      7     $576 million    0    0
        1   $150 million      

 

* Other Accounts-overlay strategies—The portfolio manager is responsible for the management of overlay strategies employed by this account that use derivative instruments either to obtain, offset or substitute for certain portfolio exposures beyond those provided by the account’s underlying portfolios.

The Portfolio Managers are responsible for managing the Fund and other accounts, including separate accounts and unregistered funds.

 

37


As shown in the above table, the Portfolio Managers may manage accounts in addition to the Fund. The potential for conflicts of interest exists when a portfolio manager manages other accounts with similar investment objectives and strategies to the Fund (“Similar Accounts”). Potential conflicts may include, for example, conflicts between investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities.

Responsibility for managing NFALLC’s clients’ portfolios is organized according to investment strategies. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed using the same objectives, approach and philosophy. Therefore, portfolio holdings, relative position sizes and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest.

NFALLC may receive more compensation with respect to certain Similar Accounts than that received with respect to the Fund or may receive compensation based in part on the performance of certain Similar Accounts. This may create a potential conflict of interest for the Portfolio Managers by providing an incentive to favor these Similar Accounts when, for example, placing securities transactions. Potential conflicts of interest may arise with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and allocation of limited investment opportunities. Allocations of aggregated trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially completed due to limited availability, and allocation of investment opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest.

Nuveen Asset Management has policies and procedures designed to manage these conflicts described above such as allocation of investment opportunities to achieve fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities among its clients over time. For example, orders for the same equity security are aggregated on a continual basis throughout each trading day consistent with Nuveen Asset Management’s duty of best execution for its clients. If aggregated trades are fully executed, accounts participating in the trade will be allocated their pro rata share on an average price basis. Partially completed orders will be allocated among the participating accounts on a pro-rata average price basis as well.

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers’ compensation consists primarily of base pay, an annual cash bonus and long-term incentive payments.

Base Pay. Base pay is determined based upon an analysis of each Portfolio Manager’s general performance, experience, and market levels of base pay for such position.

Annual Cash Bonus. The Portfolio Managers are eligible for an annual cash bonus based on pre-tax investment performance, qualitative evaluation and financial performance of Nuveen Asset Management.

A portion of each Portfolio Manager’s annual cash bonus is based on the Fund’s investment performance, generally measured over the past one- and three or five-year periods unless the Portfolio Manager’s tenure is shorter. Investment performance for the Fund generally is determined by evaluating the Fund’s performance relative to its benchmark(s) and/or Lipper industry peer group.

A portion of the cash bonus is based on a qualitative evaluation made by each Portfolio Manager’s supervisor taking into consideration a number of factors, including the portfolio managers’ team collaboration, expense management, support of personnel responsible for asset growth, and his or her compliance with Nuveen Asset Management’s policies and procedures.

The final factor influencing each Portfolio Manager’s cash bonus is the financial performance of Nuveen Asset Management based on its operating earnings.

Long-term incentive compensation. Certain key employees of Nuveen Asset Management, including certain portfolio managers, have received profits interests in Nuveen Asset Management which entitle their holders to participate in the firm’s growth over time.

 

38


Material Conflicts of Interest. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple accounts are presented a number of potential conflicts, including, among others, those discussed below.

The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. Nuveen Asset Management seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most accounts managed by a portfolio manager in a particular investment strategy are managed using the same investment models.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one account, an account may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible accounts. To deal with these situations, Nuveen Asset Management has adopted procedures for allocating limited opportunities across multiple accounts.

With respect to many of its clients’ accounts, Nuveen Asset Management determines which broker to use to execute transaction orders, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts, Nuveen Asset Management may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Nuveen Asset Management may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for the Fund and other accounts which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Fund or the other accounts.

Some clients are subject to different regulations. As a consequence of this difference in regulatory requirements, some clients may not be permitted to engage in all the investment techniques or transactions or to engage in these transactions to the same extent as the other accounts managed by a portfolio manager. Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where Nuveen Asset Management has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of some accounts, with respect to which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.

Nuveen Asset Management has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts common among investment managers. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

Fund Shares Owned by the Portfolio Manager. As of December 31, 2017, the Portfolio Managers beneficially owned (as determined pursuant to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) shares of the Fund having values within the indicated dollar ranges.

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of Equity Securities
Beneficially Owned in the  Fund
 

Keith Hembre

     None  

David Friar

     None  

CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, NFALLC, Nuveen Asset Management, Nuveen Securities and other related entities have adopted a combined code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that essentially prohibit certain of their personnel, including the Fund’s Portfolio Managers, from engaging in personal investments that compete or interfere with, or attempt to take advantage of a client’s, including the Fund’s, anticipated or actual portfolio transactions, and are designed to assure that the interests of clients, including Fund shareholders, are placed before the interests of personnel in

 

39


connection with personal investment transactions. Personnel subject to the Code of Ethics may purchase shares of the Fund subject to the restrictions set forth in the Code of Ethics. Personnel subject to the Code of Ethics may generally invest in securities in which the Fund may also invest. A text-only version of the Code of Ethics of the Fund, can be viewed online or downloaded from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s internet web site at www.sec.gov. You may also review and copy those documents by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202-551-8090. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics may be obtained, after mailing the appropriate duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or by e-mail request at publicinfo@sec.gov.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Adviser has delegated to the Sub-Adviser the full responsibility for proxy voting on securities held in the Fund’s portfolio and related duties in accordance with the Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures. The Adviser periodically monitors the Sub-Adviser’s voting to ensure that it is carrying out its duties. The Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures are attached to this filing as Appendix B.

Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 257-8787 or from the Fund’s website at http://www.nuveen.com, and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Subject to the supervision of the Board and the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for decisions to purchase and sell securities for the Fund, the negotiation of the prices to be paid and the allocation of transactions among various dealer firms. Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment by the Fund of brokerage commissions. There generally is no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter market but the price paid by the Fund usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or mark-up. Transactions in the over-the-counter market can also be placed with broker-dealers who act as agents and charge brokerage commissions for effecting over-the-counter transactions. The Fund may place its over-the-counter transactions either directly with principal market makers, or with broker-dealers if that is consistent with the Sub-Adviser’s obligation to obtain best qualitative execution. In certain instances, the Fund may make purchases of underwritten issues at prices that include underwriting fees.

Portfolio securities may be purchased directly from an underwriter or in the over-the-counter market from the principal dealers in such securities, unless it appears that a better price or execution may be obtained through other means. Portfolio securities will not be purchased from Nuveen or its affiliates except in compliance with the 1940 Act.

It is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to seek the best execution under the circumstances of each trade. The Sub-Adviser will evaluate price as the primary consideration, with the financial condition, reputation and responsiveness of the dealer considered secondary in determining best execution. Given the best execution obtainable, it will be the Sub-Adviser’s practice to select dealers that, in addition, furnish research information (primarily credit analyses of issuers and general economic reports) and statistical and other services to the Sub-Adviser. It is not possible to place a dollar value on information and statistical and other services received from dealers. Since it is only supplementary to the Sub-Adviser’s own research efforts, the receipt of research information is not expected to reduce significantly the Sub-Adviser’s expenses. While the Sub-Adviser will be primarily responsible for the placement of the business of the Fund, the policies and practices of the Sub-Adviser in this regard must be consistent with the foregoing and will, at all times, be subject to review by the Board of the Fund.

 

40


The Sub-Adviser may manage other investment accounts and investment companies for other clients that may invest in the same types of securities as the Fund and that may have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund. The Sub-Adviser seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell assets or securities by the Fund and another advisory account. If an aggregated order cannot be filled completely, allocations will generally be made on a pro rata basis. An order may not be allocated on a pro rata basis where, for example (i) consideration is given to portfolio managers who have been instrumental in developing or negotiating a particular investment; (ii) consideration is given to an account with specialized investment policies that coincide with the particulars of a specific investment; (iii) pro rata allocation would result in odd-lot or de minimis amounts being allocated to a portfolio or other client; or (iv) where the Sub-Adviser reasonably determines that departure from a pro rata allocation is advisable. There may also be instances where the Fund will not participate at all in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts. While these allocation procedures could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Fund from time to time, it is the opinion of the Board that the benefits available from the Sub-Adviser’s management outweigh any disadvantage that may arise from the Sub-Adviser’s larger management activities and its need to allocate securities.

Substantially all of the Fund’s trades are effected on a principal basis. The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for the last three fiscal years:

 

     Brokerage Commissions Paid  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

   $ 114,841  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

   $ 86,141  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

   $ 66,657  

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Fund did not pay commissions to brokers in return for research services or hold any securities of its regular broker-dealers.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Fund did not acquire the securities of its regular brokers or dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, or of the parents of the brokers or dealers.

NET ASSET VALUE

The Fund will determine the NAV of its shares daily, as of the close of regular session trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time). NAV is computed by dividing the value of all assets of the Fund (including accrued interest and dividends), less all liabilities (including accrued expenses and dividends declared but unpaid), by the total number of shares outstanding.

For purposes of determining the NAV of the Fund, readily marketable portfolio securities listed on the NYSE are valued, except as indicated below, at the last sale price reflected on the consolidated tape at the close of the NYSE on the business day as of which such value is being determined. If there has been no sale on such day, the securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on such day. If no bid or asked prices are quoted on such day, then the security is valued by such method as the Board shall determine in good faith to reflect its fair market value. Readily marketable securities not listed on the NYSE but listed on other domestic exchanges or admitted to trading on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations, Inc. (“NASDAQ”) national list are valued in a like manner except that NASDAQ national list securities are valued using the NASDAQ official closing price for such securities. Portfolio securities traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on the business day as of which such value is being determined as reflected on the tape at the close of the exchange representing the principal market for such securities. Prices of certain ADRs that trade in only limited volume in the U.S. are valued based on the mean between the most recent bid and ask price of the underlying foreign-traded stock, adjusted as appropriate for underlying-to-ADR conversion ratio and foreign exchange rate, and from time to time may be adjusted further to

 

41


take into account material events that may take place after the close of the local foreign market but before the close of the NYSE.

Readily marketable securities traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities whose primary market is believed by an Adviser to be over-the-counter, but excluding securities admitted to trading on the NASDAQ national list, are valued at the mean of the current bid and asked prices as reported by NASDAQ or, in the case of securities not quoted by NASDAQ, the National Quotation Bureau or such other comparable source as the Board deem appropriate to reflect their fair market value. However, certain fixed-income securities may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service when such prices are believed by the Board to reflect the fair market value of such securities. The prices provided by a pricing service take into account institutional size trading in similar groups of securities and any developments related to specific securities. Where securities are traded on more than one exchange and also over-the-counter, the securities will generally be valued using the quotations the Board believes reflect most closely the value of such securities. In addition, if it is determined that market prices for a security are unavailable or inappropriate, the Board, or its designee, may determine the fair value for the security.

The Fund normally values index options at the average of the closing bid and the asked quotations. Under normal circumstances, closing index option quotations are considered to reflect the index option contract values as of the close of the NYSE and will be used to value the option contracts. If Nuveen Asset Management determines that closing index option quotations do not reflect index option values as of the close of the NYSE, the Board, or its designee, will determine the fair value for the index option.

If the Fund invests in debt securities, the Fund may use an independent pricing service to value debt securities at their market value or at a fair value determined by the independent pricing service. The Fund will use the fair value method to value debt securities if the independent pricing service is unable to provide a market or fair value for them or if the market value provided by the independent pricing service is deemed unreliable, or if events occurring after the close of a securities market and before the Fund values its Managed Assets would materially affect NAV.

Securities that are fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair value procedures.

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund pays quarterly distributions stated in terms of a fixed cents per Common Share dividend rate that will be composed of supplemental amounts generally representing realized capital gains or, possibly, returns of capital representing unrealized capital gains. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends as frequently as quarterly. Quarterly distributions, including such supplemental amounts, are sometimes referred to as “managed distributions.” The Fund will seek to establish a distribution rate that roughly corresponds to NFALLC’s projections of the total return that could reasonably be expected to be generated by the Fund over an extended period of time, although the distribution rate will not be solely dependent on the amount of income earned or capital gains realized by the Fund. NFALLC, in making such projections, may consider long-term historical returns and a variety of other factors. Distributions can only be made after paying any interest and required principal payments on Borrowings, if any, and any accrued dividends to preferred shareholders, if any. The distribution policy recognizes that many investors are willing to accept the potentially higher asset volatility of the Fund’s equity investments compared to fixed-income investment, but that prefer a consistent level of cash distributions be available each quarter for reinvestment or for other purposes of their choosing.

If, for any quarterly distribution, net investment income and net realized capital gains were less than the amount of the distribution, the difference would be distributed from the Fund’s assets. In addition, in order to

 

42


make such distributions, the Fund might have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. The Fund’s final distribution for each calendar year would include any remaining net investment income and net realized capital gains undistributed during the year. The Fund’s actual financial performance will likely vary significantly from month-to-month and from year-to-year, and there may be extended periods of up to several years, when the distribution rate will exceed the Fund’s actual total returns. The Fund’s projected or actual distribution rate is not a prediction of what the Fund’s actual total returns will be over any specific future period.

As portfolio and market conditions change, the rate of distributions on the Common Shares and the Fund’s distribution policy could change. To the extent that the total return of the Fund’s overall strategy exceeds the distribution rate for an extended period, the Fund may be in a position to increase the distribution rate or distribute supplemental amounts to shareholders. Conversely, if the total return of the Fund’s overall strategy is less than the distribution rate for an extended period of time, the Fund will effectively be drawing upon its net asset value to meet payments prescribed by its distribution policy. Similarly, for tax purposes such distributions by the Fund may consist in part of a return of capital to Common Shareholders. The exact tax characteristics of the Fund’s distributions will not be known until after the Fund’s fiscal year-end. Common Shareholders should not confuse a return of capital distribution with “dividend yield” or “total return.” There is no assurance that the Fund will continue to make quarterly distributions of net long-term capital gains. Under the terms of an exemptive order from the SEC, the Fund’s Board of Trustees is required to determine whether to continue the quarterly distribution of net long-term capital gains if: (i) the Common Shares have traded at an average premium to net asset value equal to or greater than 10%, as determined on the basis of the average of the discount or premium to the net asset value of the Common Shares as of the close of each trading day over a 12-week rolling period, and (ii) the Fund’s distribution rate for that 12-week rolling period, expressed as a percentage of net asset value as of the ending date of the 12-week rolling period, is greater than the Fund’s average annual total return in relation to the change in net asset value over the 2-year period ending on the last day of the 12-week rolling period.

At the same time that it pays a quarterly distribution, the Fund will post on its website (www.nuveen.com/etf), and make available in written form to holders of its Common Shares a notice of the estimated sources and tax characteristics of the Fund’s distributions (i.e., what percentage of the distributions is estimated to constitute ordinary income, short-term capital gains, long-term capital gains, and/or a non-taxable return of capital) on a year-to-date basis, in compliance with a federal securities law requirement that any fund paying a distribution from sources other than net investment income disclose to shareholders the respective portion attributable to such other sources. These estimates may be based on certain assumptions about the Fund’s expected investment returns and the realization of net gains, if any, over the remaining course of the year. These estimates may, and likely will, vary over time based on the activities of the Fund and changes in the value of portfolio investments. The Fund expects that it will provide this type of information primarily on a tax basis, instead of on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis, because experience has shown that fund shareholders are most concerned about the tax character of their distributions, and because the Fund expects that the distributions’ tax characteristics will fairly reflect the economic basis of the funds’ distributions and returns. The final determination of the source and tax characteristics of all distributions will be made after December 31 in each year, and reported to Common Shareholders on Form 1099-DIV early the following year.

As explained more fully below in “Tax Matters,” at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute to Common Shareholders any net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) through its managed distributions after making interest and required principal payments on Borrowings and paying any accrued dividends or making any redemption or liquidation payments to preferred shareholders or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gain and pay federal income tax on the retained gain. Each Common Shareholder of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, his or her share of any retained gain, will be deemed to have paid his or her proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund on such retained gain, and will be entitled to an income tax credit or refund for that share of the tax. The Fund may treat any retained capital gain

 

43


amount as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions. In addition, the Fund may make total distributions during a given calendar year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment income and net capital gain for that calendar year, in which case the excess will generally be treated by shareholders as return of capital for tax purposes. Distributions treated as return of capital will reduce a shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares, which will generally result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that the shareholder will recognize on his or her sale or other disposition of such Common Shares.

The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its quarterly distributions at any time, subject to a finding by the Fund’s Board that such change is in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

If your Common Shares are registered directly with the Fund or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), your distributions, including any capital gain distributions, will automatically be reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Plan unless you request otherwise. If you elect not to participate in the Plan, or are not eligible to participate because your brokerage firm does not participate in the Plan, you will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to you or your brokerage firm by ComputerShare Inc., as dividend paying agent (the “Plan Agent”). The tax consequences of a distribution are the same regardless of whether such distribution is reinvested or received in cash. See “Tax Matters.”

Under the Plan, the number of Common Shares you will receive will be determined as follows:

(1) If Common Shares are trading at or above NAV at the time of valuation, the Fund will issue new shares at the then current market price;

(2) If Common Shares are trading below NAV at the time of valuation, the Plan Agent will receive the dividend or distribution in cash and will purchase Common Shares in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. It is possible that the market price for the Common Shares may increase before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases. Therefore, the average purchase price per share paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the market price at the time of valuation, resulting in the purchase of fewer shares than if the dividend or distribution had been paid in Common Shares issued by the Fund. The Plan Agent will use all dividends and distributions received in cash to purchase Common Shares in the open market within 30 days of the valuation date. Interest will not be paid on any uninvested cash payments; or

(3) If the Plan Agent begins purchasing Fund shares on the open market while shares are trading below NAV, but the Fund’s shares subsequently trade at or above their NAV before the Plan Agent is able to complete its purchases, the Plan Agent may cease open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the distribution in newly-issued Fund shares at a price equal to the greater of the shares’ NAV or 95% of the shares’ market value.

You may withdraw from the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Plan Agent. If you withdraw or the Plan is terminated, you will receive whole shares in your account under the Plan and you will receive a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account. If you wish, the Plan Agent will sell your shares and send you the proceeds, minus brokerage commissions and a $2.50 service fee.

The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and gives written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information you may need for tax records. Upon a repurchase of your shares, the Fund (or its administrative agent) may be required to report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to you cost basis and holding period information for the Fund’s shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”).

 

44


For shares of the Fund held in the Plan, you are permitted to elect from among several permitted cost basis methods. In the absence of an election, the Plan will use first-in first-out (“FIFO”) methodology for tracking and reporting your cost basis on covered shares as its default cost basis method. The cost basis method you use may not be changed with respect to a repurchase of shares after the settlement date of the repurchase. You should consult with your tax advisors to determine the best permitted cost basis method for your tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting rules apply to you.

Common Shares in your account will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form. Any proxy you receive will include all Common Shares you have received under the Plan.

There is no brokerage charge for reinvestment of your dividends or distributions in Common Shares. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases.

Automatically reinvesting dividends and distributions does not mean that you do not have to pay income taxes due upon receiving dividends and distributions.

If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan if in the judgment of the Board the change is warranted. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Additional information about the Plan may be obtained by writing to ComputerShare, P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, Kentucky, 40233-5000, (800)  257-8787.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The Fund may sell the Common Shares offered under this Prospectus through

 

   

at-the-market transactions;

 

   

underwriting syndicates; and

 

   

privately negotiated transactions.

The Fund will bear the expenses of the offering, including but not limited to, the expenses of preparation of the Prospectus and this SAI for the offering and the expense of counsel and auditors in connection with the offering.

Distribution Through At-The-Market Transactions

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement with Nuveen Securities (the “Distribution Agreement”), which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this SAI is a part. The summary of the Distribution Agreement contained herein is qualified by reference to the Distribution Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Distribution Agreement, the Fund may from time to time issue and sell its Common Shares through Nuveen Securities to certain broker-dealers which have entered into selected dealer agreements with Nuveen Securities. Currently, Nuveen Securities has entered into a Selected Dealer Agreement (the “Selected Dealer Agreement”) with [    ] pursuant to which [    ] will be acting as Nuveen Securities’ sub-placement agent with respect to at-the-market offerings of Common Shares. The Selected Dealer Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this SAI forms a part.

 

 

45


Common Shares will only be sold on such days as shall be agreed to by the Fund and Nuveen Securities. Common Shares will be sold at prevailing market prices through the National Market System, subject to a minimum price to be established each day by Nuveen Securities. The minimum price on any day will not be less than the current NAV per Common Share plus the per share amount of the commission to be paid to Nuveen Securities. The Fund and Nuveen Securities will suspend the sale of Common Shares if the per share price of the shares is less than the minimum price.

The Fund will compensate Nuveen Securities with respect to sales of the Common Shares at a commission rate of up to 1.0% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares. Nuveen Securities will compensate sub-placement agents or other broker-dealers participating in the offering at a rate of up to 0.8% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares sold by that sub-placement agent or broker-dealer. Settlements of sales of Common Shares will occur on the third business day following the date on which any such sales are made.

In connection with the sale of the Common Shares on behalf of the Fund, Nuveen Securities may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act, and the compensation of Nuveen Securities may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts. Unless otherwise indicated in a further Prospectus supplement, Nuveen Securities will act as underwriter on a reasonable efforts basis.

The offering of Common Shares pursuant to the Distribution Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of all Common Shares subject thereto or (ii) termination of the Distribution Agreement. The Fund and Nuveen Securities each have the right to terminate the Distribution Agreement in its discretion at any time.

The Fund currently intends to distribute the shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus through at-the-market transactions, although from time to time it may also distribute shares through an underwriting syndicate or a privately negotiated transaction. To the extent shares are distributed other than through at-the-market transactions, the Fund will file a supplement to this Prospectus describing such transactions.

The Fund’s closing price on the NYSE on March 5, 2018 was $17.81.

Distribution Through Underwriting Syndicates

The Fund from time to time may issue additional Common Shares through a syndicated secondary offering. In order to limit the impact on the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares, underwriters will market and price the offering on an expedited basis (e.g., overnight or similarly abbreviated offering period). The Fund will launch a syndicated offering on a day, and upon terms, mutually agreed upon between the Fund, Nuveen Securities, one of the Fund’s underwriters, and the underwriting syndicate.

The Fund will offer its shares at price equal to a specified discount of up to 5% from the closing market price of the Fund’s Common Shares on the day prior to the offering date. The applicable discount will be negotiated by the Fund and Nuveen Securities in consultation with the underwriting syndicate on a transaction-by-transaction basis. The Fund will compensate the underwriting syndicate out of the proceeds of the offering based upon a sales load of up to 4% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Shares. The minimum net proceeds per share to the Fund will not be less than the greater of (i) the Fund’s latest NAV per share of Common Shares or (ii) 91% of the closing market price of the shares of the Fund’s Common Shares on the day prior to the offering date.

Distribution Through Privately Negotiated Transactions

The Fund from time to time may sell directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional and other sophisticated investors, who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resale of Common Shares.

 

 

46


The terms of such privately negotiated transactions will be subject to the discretion of the management of the Fund. In determining whether to sell Common Shares through a privately negotiated transaction, the Fund will consider relevant factors including, but not limited to, the attractiveness of obtaining additional funds through the sale of Common Shares, the purchase price to apply to any such sale of Common Shares and the person seeking to purchase the Common Shares.

Common Shares issued by the Fund through privately negotiated transactions will be issued at a price equal to the greater of (i) the NAV per share of the Fund’s Common Shares or (ii) at a discount ranging from 0% to 5% of the average daily closing market price of the Fund’s Common Shares at the close of business on the ten business days preceding the date upon which Common Shares are sold pursuant to the privately negotiated transaction. The applicable discount will be determined by the Fund on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

The principal business address of Nuveen Securities is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

COMMON SHARES

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares being offered have a par value of $0.01 per share and, subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Shares, if issued, and Borrowings, if incurred have equal rights as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation of the Fund. The Common Shares being offered will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust,” non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting. The Fund has no current intention of issuing Preferred shares or incurring Borrowings. However, if at some future time the Fund issues Preferred shares and/or incurs Borrowings, the Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any cash distributions from the Fund unless accrued dividends on Preferred shares and interest on Borrowings have been paid, and (i) unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to Preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and (ii) unless asset coverage (again, as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to any Borrowings would be at least 300% after giving effect to the distributions. See “Preferred Shares” below.

The Common Shares are listed on the NYSE and trade under the ticker symbol “SPXX.” The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. The Fund will not issue share certificates.

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to purchase additional Common Shares or sell shares held, the shareholder may do so by trading on the exchange through a broker or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies may frequently trade at prices lower than NAV. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Fund have, during some periods, traded at prices higher than NAV and, during other periods, have traded at prices lower than NAV. Because the market value of the Common Shares may be influenced by such factors as distribution levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), distribution stability, NAV, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot guarantee that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future. The NAV per Common Share also will be reduced by any costs associated with the issuance of FundPreferred shares or any Borrowings, if any. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will not depend upon a Fund’s NAV but will depend entirely upon whether the market price of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the original purchase price for the shares. Since the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares will be determined by factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot guarantee you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future. Accordingly, the Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should

 

47


not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “Repurchase of Fund Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” and the Fund’s Prospectus under “The Fund’s Investments.”

PREFERRED SHARES

As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Preferred shares in one or more classes or series, with rights as determined by the Board of the Fund, by action of the Board without the approval of the Common Shareholders. The terms of any Preferred shares that may be issued by the Fund may be the same as, or different from, the terms described below, subject to applicable law and the Declaration.

Limited Issuance of Preferred Shares. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund could issue Preferred shares with an aggregate liquidation value of up to one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets, measured immediately after issuance of the Preferred shares. “Liquidation value” means the original purchase price of the shares being liquidated plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless the liquidation value of the Preferred shares is less than one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution) immediately after the distribution.

Distribution Preference. The Preferred shares would have complete priority over the Common Shares as to distribution of assets.

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, holders of Preferred shares would be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to holders of Common Shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, holders of Preferred shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund. A consolidation or merger of the Fund with or into any Massachusetts business trust or corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund.

Voting Rights. In connection with any issuance of Preferred shares, the Fund must comply with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act, which requires, among other things, that Preferred shares be voting shares and have equal voting rights with Common Shares. Except as otherwise indicated in this SAI and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred shares would vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.

In connection with the election of the Fund’s trustees, holders of Preferred shares, voting as a separate class, would be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s trustees, and the remaining trustees would be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, if at any time dividends on the Fund’s outstanding Preferred shares would be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends thereon, the holders of all outstanding Preferred shares, voting as a separate class, would be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s trustees until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment.

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Preferred shares of any class or series, as the case may be, voting as a separate class, would be required to, among other things, (1) take certain actions that would affect the preferences, rights, or powers of such class or series or (2) authorize or issue any class or series ranking prior to the Preferred shares. Except as may otherwise be required by law, (1) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Fund’s Preferred shares outstanding at the time, voting

 

48


as a separate class, would be required to approve any conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company and (2) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding Preferred shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to approve any plan of reorganization (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) adversely affecting such shares, provided however, that such separate class vote would be a majority vote if the action in question has previously been approved, adopted or authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration or the By-laws. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to approve any action not described in the preceding sentence requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act including, among other things, changes in a Fund’s investment objectives or changes in the investment restrictions described as fundamental policies under “Investment Objectives and Policies—Investment Restrictions.” The class or series vote of holders of FundPreferred shares described above would in each case be in addition to any separate vote of the requisite percentage of Common Shares and Preferred shares necessary to authorize the action in question.

The foregoing voting provisions would not apply with respect to the Fund’s Preferred shares if, at or prior to the time when a vote was required, such shares would have been (1) redeemed or (2) called for redemption and sufficient funds would have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.

Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares. The terms of the Preferred shares may provide that they are redeemable by the Fund at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus accumulated dividends that the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred shares and that the Fund may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred shares by the Fund would reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares, while any resale of such shares by the Fund would increase such leverage.

In the event of any future issuance of Preferred shares, the Fund likely would apply for ratings from an NRSRO. In such event, as long as Preferred Shares are outstanding, the composition of the Fund’s portfolio would reflect guidelines established by such NRSRO. Based on previous guidelines established by such NRSROs for the securities of other issuers, the Fund anticipates that the guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. However, at this time, no assurance can be given as to the nature or extent of the guidelines that may be imposed in connection with obtaining a rating of any Preferred shares.

BORROWINGS

As a non-fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Declaration authorizes the Fund, without prior approval of the Common Shareholders, to borrow money. In this connection, the Fund may issue Borrowings (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such Borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the Fund’s assets. In connection with such Borrowings, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund, immediately after any Borrowings, must have an asset coverage of at least 300%. With respect to any such Borrowings, asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of such Borrowings represented by senior securities issued by the Fund. Certain types of Borrowings may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverages or portfolio composition or otherwise. In addition, as with the issue of Preferred Shares, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more ratings agencies that may issue ratings on commercial paper or notes issued by the Fund. Such restrictions may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act.

 

 

49


The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Borrowings would be senior to those of the Common Shareholders, and the terms of any such Borrowings may contain provisions that limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Further, the 1940 Act would (in certain circumstances) grant to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. In the event that such provisions would impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code, the Fund would repay the Borrowings. Any Borrowings will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Borrowings of the Fund. The Fund also may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes.

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for debts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the trustees. The Declaration further provides for indemnification out of the assets and property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The Fund believes that the likelihood of such circumstances is remote.

The Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. Specifically, the Declaration requires a vote by holders of at least two-thirds of the Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred shares, voting together as a single class, except as described below, to authorize (1) a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, (2) a merger or consolidation of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund, with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or a reorganization of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund, (3) a sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets (other than in the regular course of the Fund’s investment activities), (4) in certain circumstances, a termination of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund or (5) a removal of trustees by shareholders, and then only for cause, unless, with respect to (1) through (4), such transaction has already been authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration or the By-laws, in which case the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Fund’s Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred shares outstanding at the time, voting together as a single class, would be required, provided, however, that where only a particular class or series is affected (or, in the case of removing a trustee, when the trustee has been elected by only one class), the required vote by only the applicable class or series would be required. Approval of shareholders would not be required, however, for any transaction, whether deemed a merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise whereby the Fund issues shares in connection with the acquisition of assets (including those subject to liabilities) from any other investment company or similar entity. In the case of the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company, or in the case of any of the foregoing transactions constituting a plan of reorganization that adversely affects the holders of any outstanding Preferred shares, the action in question would also require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Fund’s Preferred shares outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, or, if such action has been authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration or the Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Fund’s Preferred shares outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class. None of the foregoing provisions may be amended except by the vote of at least two-thirds of the Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred shares, voting together as a single class. The votes required to approve the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company or to approve transactions constituting a plan of reorganization that adversely affects the holders of any outstanding Preferred shares are higher than those required by the 1940 Act. The Board believes that the provisions of the Declaration relating to such higher votes are in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders. Note, the Fund’s staggered Board could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board.

 

50


The Declaration provides that the obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the trustees of the Fund individually, but only upon the assets and property of the Fund, and that the trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Nothing in the Declaration, however, protects a trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

The provisions of the Declaration described above could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over market value by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control by a third party. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. The Board of the Fund has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

Reference should be made to the Declaration on file with the Commission for the full text of these provisions.

The Declaration provides that the obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the trustees of the Fund individually, but only upon the assets and property of the Fund, and that the trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Nothing in the Declaration, however, protects a trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 

51


REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Fund’s Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including distribution levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, distribution stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than NAV, the Fund’s Board has currently determined that, at least annually, it will consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from NAV in respect of Common Shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares at NAV, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. There can be no assurance, however, that the Board will decide to take any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount. On August 1, 2017, the Fund’s Board renewed the Fund’s open market share repurchase program under which the Fund may repurchase up to 10% of its Common Shares. Since the inception of the Fund’s share repurchase program through March 5, 2018, the Fund has repurchased 383,763 Common Shares under the program.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Fund’s Preferred shares are outstanding, the Fund may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Common Shares unless (1) all accrued Preferred shares dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the NAV of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the Common Shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). The staff of the SEC currently requires that any tender offer made by a closed-end investment company for its shares must be at a price equal to the NAV of such shares on the close of business on the last day of the tender offer. Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Fund will be borne by the Fund and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.

Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any Borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from NAV will be made by the Board at the time it considers such issue, it is the Board’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of Common Shares or a tender offer for such shares if (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the Common Shares from the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere, or (b) impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which would make the Fund a taxable entity, causing the Fund’s income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Fund) or as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act; (2) the Fund would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Fund, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the NYSE or elsewhere, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by Federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or state banks in which the Fund invests, (d) material limitation affecting the Fund or the issuers of its portfolio securities by Federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of non-U.S. currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition that would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Fund or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.

 

52


Conversion to an open-end company would require the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Fund’s Common Shares and Preferred shares outstanding at the time, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Fund’s Preferred shares outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, provided however, that such separate class vote shall be a majority vote if the action in question has previously been approved, adopted or authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of trustees fixed in accordance with the Declaration or By-laws. See the Prospectus under “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” for a discussion of voting requirements applicable to conversion of the Fund to an open-end company. If the Fund converted to an open-end company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Fund’s Common Shares would no longer be listed on the NYSE or elsewhere. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act or rules thereunder) at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. As a result, conversion to open-end status may require changes in the management of the Fund’s portfolio in order to meet the liquidity requirements applicable to open-end funds. Because portfolio securities may have to be liquidated to meet redemptions, conversion could affect the Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or to use certain investment policies and techniques described above. If converted to an open-end fund, the Fund expects to pay all redemptions in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Fund were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at NAV plus a sales load. The Board of the Fund may at any time propose conversion of the Fund to an open-end company depending upon their judgment as to the advisability of such action in light of circumstances then prevailing.

The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below NAV will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below NAV will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their NAV. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at NAV from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end company, may reduce any spread between market price and NAV that might otherwise exist.

In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets, which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when FundPreferred shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining. See the Fund’s Prospectus under “Risks-Leverage Risk.”

Before deciding whether to take any action if the Fund’s Common Shares trade below NAV, the Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

TAX MATTERS

FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of shares of a Fund. This discussion addresses only U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets and does not address

 

53


all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances. This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, shareholders with large positions in the Fund, financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, foreign holders, persons who hold their shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, a constructive sale, or conversion transaction, holders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax, or tax-exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities. In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this SAI, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting a Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in a Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them and the effect of possible changes in tax laws.

The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and the Fund intends to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to regulated investment companies, the Fund must, among other things, (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” as defined in the Code; (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer, or two or more issuers that the Fund controls and are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (c) distribute each year an amount equal to or greater than the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest. The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company may significantly limit the extent to which a Fund may invest in some investments.

If the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company in any taxable year, the Fund would be taxed in the same manner as a regular corporation on its taxable income (even if such income were distributed to its shareholders) and distributions to shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. Additionally, all distributions out of earnings and profits (including distributions from net capital gain and net tax-exempt interest) would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income,” as discussed below in the case of noncorporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction under Section 243 of the Code (the “Dividends Received Deduction”) in the case of corporate shareholders.

As a regulated investment company, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes to shareholders. The Fund may retain for investment its net capital gain. However, if the Fund retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains,

 

54


(i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the federal income tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and the net capital gain not otherwise retained by the Fund.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary taxable income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary taxable income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years and on which the Fund paid no U.S. federal income tax. To prevent application of the excise tax, each Fund intends to make its distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.

The Fund’s investments may be subject to special provisions of the Code that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss, (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash and/or (v) adversely alter the characterization of certain Fund investments or distributions.

Some of the Fund’s index call options may be considered “section 1256 contracts.” Code section 1256 generally will require any gain or loss arising from the lapse, closing out or exercise of such positions to be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. In addition, the Acquiring Fund generally will be required to “mark to market” (i.e., treat as sold for fair market value) each outstanding index option position that is a section 1256 contract at the close of each taxable year (and on October 31 of each year for excise tax purposes). If a “section 1256 contract” held by the Acquiring Fund at the end of a taxable year is sold in the following year, the amount of any gain or loss realized on such sale will be adjusted to reflect the gain or loss previously taken into account under the “mark to market” rules. In addition to most index call options, “section 1256 contracts” under the Code include certain other options contracts, certain regulated futures contracts, and certain other financial contracts.

The Fund’s call options that do not qualify as section 1256 contracts under the Code generally will be governed by Code section 1234. Pursuant to Code section 1234, if a written option expires unexercised, the premium received is short-term capital gain to the Fund. If the Fund enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the premium received for writing the option, and the amount paid to close out its position generally is short-term capital gain or loss.

Offsetting positions held by the Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as options, forward, and futures, as well as its long and short positions in portfolio securities, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” Straddles are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. For instance, a straddle can arise if the Fund writes a covered call option on a stock (i.e., a call on a stock owned by the Fund), or writes a call option on a stock index to the extent the Fund’s stock holdings (and any subset thereof) and the index on which it has written a call overlap sufficiently to constitute a straddle under applicable Treasury Regulations. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of section 1256 described above. If the Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative

 

55


contracts comprising a part of such straddle is a section 1256 contract, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” The Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to the Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle can cause the holding periods to be tolled on the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the Dividends Received Deduction to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements described below. Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. The application of the straddle rules to certain offsetting Fund positions can therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders, and may result in significant differences from the amount, timing and/or character of distributions that would have been made by the Fund if it had not entered into offsetting positions in respect of certain of its portfolio securities.

If the Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in its portfolio, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when a Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including, but not limited to: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the position beginning with the date the constructive sale was deemed to have occurred and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

The Fund may acquire debt securities that are market discount bonds. A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its redemption value (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original issue discount bond). If the Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary taxable income to the extent of the accrued market discount unless the Fund elects to include the market discount in taxable income as it accrues.

The application of certain requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company and the application of certain other federal income tax rules may be unclear in some respects in connection with investments in certain derivatives and other investments. As a result, the Fund may be required to limit the extent to which it invests in such investments and it is also possible that the IRS may not agree with a Fund’s treatment of such investments. In addition, the tax treatment of derivatives and certain other investments may be affected by future legislation, Treasury Regulations and guidance issued by the IRS (which could apply retroactively) that could affect the timing, character and amount of a Fund’s income and gains and distributions to shareholders, affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid federal income and excise taxes or limit the extent to which a Fund may invest in certain derivatives and other investments in the future.

Generally, the character of the income or gains that the Fund receives from another investment company will pass through to the Fund’s shareholders as long as the Fund and the other investment company each qualify as regulated investment companies. However, to the extent that another investment company that qualifies as a

 

56


regulated investment company realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, the Fund will not be able to recognize its share of those losses until it disposes of shares of such investment company. Moreover, even when the Fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss, which will not be treated as favorably for federal income tax purposes as an ordinary deduction. In particular, the Fund will not be able to offset any capital losses from its dispositions of shares of other investment companies against its ordinary income. As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, it is possible that the amounts of net investment income and net capital gains that the Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders will be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests, rather than investing in shares of the investment companies. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from the Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests.

Except for distributions of qualified dividend income (discussed below), distributions to shareholders of net investment income received by a Fund and of net short-term capital gains realized by the Fund, if any, will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions by the Fund of net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, are taxable as long-term capital gain, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned the shares with respect to which such distributions are made. Distributions, if any, in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a shareholder’s shares and, after that basis has been reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to the shareholder (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset).

“Qualified dividend income” received by noncorporate shareholders is taxed for federal income tax purpose at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates, which reach a maximum of 20%. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from non-U.S. corporations that meet certain specified criteria. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet the same holding period and other requirements with respect to the shareholder’s Fund shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held (or treated as held) for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.

In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of a Fund will qualify for the 70% Dividends Received Deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held (or is treated as holding) for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (ii) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the Dividends Received Deduction may be disallowed or reduced (i) if a corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (ii) by application of various

 

57


provisions of the Code (for instance, the Dividends Received Deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). For purposes of determining the holding period for stock on which a dividend is received, such holding period is reduced for any period the recipient has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain other circumstances.

The straddle rules discussed above could cause distributions that would otherwise qualify for the Dividends Received Deduction or constitute qualified dividend income to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements.

The tax character of dividends and distributions is the same for federal income tax purposes whether reinvested in additional shares of a Fund or paid in cash.

If the Fund utilizes leverage through borrowings, or otherwise, asset coverage limitations imposed by the 1940 Act as well as additional restrictions that may be imposed by certain lenders on the payment of dividends or distributions potentially could limit or eliminate the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its common shares and/or preferred shares, if any, until the asset coverage is restored. These limitations could prevent the Fund from distributing at least 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required under the Code and therefore might jeopardize the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company and/or might subject the Fund to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. Upon any failure to meet the asset coverage requirements imposed by the 1940 Act, the Fund may, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, purchase or redeem preferred shares, if any, in order to maintain or restore the requisite asset coverage and avoid the adverse consequences to the Fund and its shareholders of failing to meet the distribution requirements. There can be no assurance, however, that any such action would achieve these objectives. The Fund endeavors to avoid restrictions on its ability to distribute dividends.

Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of those months and paid during the following January, will be treated as having been distributed by a Fund (and received by the shareholders) on December 31 of the year declared.

The sale or exchange of shares of the Fund normally will result in capital gain or loss to shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. The gain or loss on shares held for one year or less will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the same rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, however, long-term capital gains are currently taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%, while short-term capital gains and other ordinary income are currently taxed at ordinary income rates. If a shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares before holding them for more than six months, any loss on the sale or disposition will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any net capital gain dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of a Fund will be disallowed to the extent those shares of the Fund are replaced by other substantially identical shares of the Fund or other substantially identical stock or securities (including through reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the original shares. In that event, the basis of the replacement stock or securities will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. The ability to deduct capital losses may be subject to other limitations under the Code.

Certain non-corporate shareholders are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on some or all of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends and net capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from taxable dispositions of Fund shares. This tax generally applies to the extent net investment income, when added to other modified adjusted gross income, exceeds $200,000 for an unmarried individual, $250,000

 

58


for a married taxpayer filing a joint return (or a surviving spouse), or $125,000 for a married individual filing a separate return. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers regarding the applicability of this tax in respect of their shares.

Income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. None of the Funds expects to be eligible to elect to “pass through” to the Fund’s shareholders the amount of eligible foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund.

The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding percentage is 24%. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

The foregoing discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as applied to U.S. investors. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisers concerning the tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund, including the possibility that distributions may be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by an applicable treaty).

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) generally requires the Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders. If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA, the Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on Fund dividends and distributions and on the proceeds of the sale, redemption or exchange of Fund shares. The Fund may disclose the information that it receives from (or concerning) its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA, related intergovernmental agreements or other applicable law or regulation. Each investor is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

As of December 31, 2017, the Fund’s tax year end, the Fund had unused capital loss carryforwards available for federal tax purposes to be applied against future capital gains, if any. If not applied, the carryforwards will expire as shown in the table below. The losses not subject to expiration will be utilized first by the Fund.

 

Expiration:

  

December 31, 2018

   $ 7,655,485  

Not subject to expiration

     2,342,691  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,998,176  
  

 

 

 

SALE OR EXCHANGE OF FUND SHARES

Upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund that a shareholder holds as a capital asset, such a shareholder may realize a capital gain or loss that will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. The maximum long-term capital gains rate for individuals is 15% (with lower rates for individuals in the 10% and 15% tax brackets) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008. Thereafter, the maximum rate will increase to 20%, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

 

 

59


Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent that shares disposed of are replaced (including through reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after disposition of the original shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of net capital gain received or deemed received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.

NATURE OF FUND’S INVESTMENTS

Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur and (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not count toward the 90% of gross income requirement necessary for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code. The Fund may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.

The Fund’s investment program and the tax treatment of Fund distributions may be affected by Internal Revenue Service interpretations of the Code and future changes in tax laws and regulations.

OPTIONS AND FUTURES CONTRACTS

The Fund’s transactions in options and futures contracts will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), may accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and may defer Fund losses. These rules could, therefore, affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a regulated investment company and the 98% distribution requirement for avoiding excise taxes. For example, the Fund expects to enter into transactions that would be treated as “Section 1256 Contracts” under the Code. In general, the Fund would be required to treat any Section 1256 Contracts as if they were sold for their fair market value at the end of the Fund’s taxable year, and would be required to recognize gain or loss on such deemed sale for federal income tax purposes even though the Fund did not actually sell the contract and receive cash. Forty percent of such gain or loss would be treated as short-term capital gain or loss and sixty percent of such gain or loss would be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any futures contract, option or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund from being taxed as a regulated investment company.

Option positions that are not Section 1256 Contracts are not subject to the mark-to-market treatment described above but are governed by the rules described in this paragraph. Premiums received by the Fund for writing or selling call options are not included in income at the time of receipt. Rather, gain or loss is determined at the time the options lapse, are terminated in closing transactions, or are exercised. The character of the gain or loss for such options that lapse or terminate is determined under Code Section 1234. If such an option lapses, the premium is short-term capital gain to the Fund. If the Fund enters into a closing transaction (including a cash settlement), the difference between the amount paid to close out its position and the premium received is short-term capital gain or loss. If a call option written by the Fund is exercised, thereby requiring the Fund to sell the underlying security, the premium will increase the amount realized upon the sale of the security and any resulting gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the holding period of the security. Because the Fund

 

60


does not have control over the exercise of the call options it writes, such exercise or other required sales of the underlying securities may cause the Fund to realize capital gains or losses at inopportune times. With respect to a put or a call option that is purchased by the Fund, if the option is sold, any resulting gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be short-term or long-term, depending upon the Fund’s holding period for the option. If such an option expires, the resulting loss is a capital loss, and will be short-term or long-term, depending upon the Fund’s holding period for the option. If such an option is exercised, the cost of the option, in the case of a call option, is added to the basis of the purchased security, and, in the case of a put option, reduces the amount realized on the underlying security in determining gain or loss.

If positions held by the Fund were treated as “straddles” for federal income tax purposes, dividends on such positions would not constitute qualified dividend income subject to favorable income tax treatment. In addition, gain or loss on positions in a straddle is subject to special (and generally disadvantageous) rules. The Fund currently intends to manage the Equity Portfolio generally in order to avoid being subject to the “straddle rules” under federal income tax law. The Fund expects that positions held under this strategy will not be considered straddles because the Equity Portfolio will not have substantial overlap with the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. Accordingly, based on current law, the Fund intends to maintain an overlap of less than 70% between the stocks held in the Equity Portfolio (or any subset thereof) and the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. Under certain circumstances, however, the Fund may enter into option transactions or certain other investments that may constitute positions in a straddle.

FOREIGN TAXES

Since the Fund may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Shareholders of the Fund generally will not be entitled to a credit or deduction with respect to such taxes paid by the Fund.

PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY

If the Fund purchases shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), the Fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If the Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if not distributed to the Fund. Alternatively, the Fund can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, the Fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, the Fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the distribution requirement of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the distribution requirement and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax (described above). Dividends paid by PFICs will not be treated as qualified dividend income.

CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

 

61


RECOGNITION OF INCOME IN THE ABSENCE OF CASH

Investments by the Fund in zero coupon or other discount securities will result in income to the Fund equal to a portion of the excess of the face value of the securities over their issue price (the “original issue discount”) each year that the securities are held, even though the Fund receives no cash interest payments. In other circumstances, whether pursuant to the terms of a security or as a result of other factors outside the control of the Fund, the Fund may recognize income without receiving a commensurate amount of cash. Such income is included in determining the amount of income that the Fund must distribute to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and to avoid the payment of federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders.

The Code imposes constructive sale treatment for federal income tax purposes on certain hedging strategies with respect to appreciated financial positions. Under these rules, taxpayers will recognize gain, but not loss, with respect to securities if they enter into short sales or “offsetting notional principal contracts” (as defined by the Code) with respect to, or futures or forward contracts to deliver, the same or substantially identical property, or if they enter into such transactions and then acquire the same or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to promulgate regulations that will treat as constructive sales certain transactions that have substantially the same effect as these transactions.

INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES OF UNCERTAIN TAX CHARACTER

The Fund may invest in preferred securities, convertible securities or other securities the federal income tax treatment of which is uncertain or subject to recharacterization by the Internal Revenue Service. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or income differs from the tax treatment expected by the Fund, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Fund, requiring the Fund to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

The Fund may be required to withhold federal income tax from all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding percentage is 24%. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

NON-U.S. SHAREHOLDERS

U.S. taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate, a foreign corporation or foreign partnership (a “non-U.S. shareholder”) depends on whether the income of the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the shareholder.

Income Not Effectively Connected. If the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. shareholder, distributions of investment company taxable income will generally be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is withheld from such distributions. U.S. source withholding taxes are not imposed on dividends paid by regulated investment companies to the extent the dividends are designated as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends.” Under this exemption, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally

 

62


represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements. The exemption applies to dividends with respect to taxable years of regulated investment companies beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the potential effect on them of these and other changes made by this legislation.

Capital gain dividends and any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate) unless the non-U.S. shareholder is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements. However, this 30% tax on capital gains of nonresident alien individuals who are physically present in the United States for more than the 182 day period only applies in exceptional cases because any individual present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year is generally treated as a resident for U.S. income tax purposes; in that case, he or she would be subject to U.S. income tax on his or her worldwide income at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, rather than the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax. In the case of a non-U.S. shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. income tax from distributions of net capital gain unless the non-U.S. shareholder certifies his or her non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. See “Tax Matters—Backup Withholding” above. Distributions attributable to gains from U.S. real property interests (including certain U.S. real property holding corporations) will generally cause the non-U.S. shareholder to be treated as recognizing such gain as income effectively connected to a trade or business within the United States and subject to the rules described under “Income Effectively Connected” below. Also, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. shareholder that is a corporation. Such distributions may be subject to U.S. withholding tax and may give rise to an obligation on the part of the non-U.S. shareholder to file a U.S. federal income tax return. This provision generally applies to distributions with respect to taxable years of regulated investment companies beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Any gain a non-U.S. shareholder realizes upon the sale or exchange of such shareholder’s shares of the Fund will ordinarily be exempt from U.S. tax unless, in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual, the gain is U.S. source income and such shareholder is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements, or is otherwise considered to be a resident alien of the United States.

Income Effectively Connected. If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a non-U.S. shareholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income and capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents and domestic corporations. Non-U.S. corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

REGULATIONS ON “REPORTABLE TRANSACTIONS”

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should

 

63


consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

OTHER TAXES

Fund shareholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Financial Statements and the independent registered public accounting firm’s report thereon, appearing in the Fund’s annual shareholder report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 is incorporated herein by reference in this SAI. The Fund’s annual shareholder report may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 257-8787.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (the “Custodian”). The Custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Fund’s transfer, shareholder services and dividend paying agent is ComputerShare Inc. and ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Transfer Agent”). The Transfer Agent is located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, provides auditing services to the Fund. The principal business address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

LEGAL OPINION

Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 1111 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, D.C. 20004.

OTHER MATTERS

The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”). S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Fund particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to NFALLC is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the NFALLC or the Fund. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the NFALLC or the owners of the Fund into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the Fund or the timing of the issuance or sale of the Fund or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Fund is to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Fund.

 

64


S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY NFALLC, OWNERS OF THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the Commission, Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.

 

65


APPENDIX A

Ratings of Investments

S&P Global Ratings

The following rating definitions are for long-term and short-term credit ratings for both issuer and issue ratings. These types of credit ratings cover the broadest set of credit risk factors and are not limited in scope. Some refer to these as the “traditional” credit ratings.

A. Issue Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

Long-term issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:

•    The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

•    The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and

•    The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

A-1


A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C

An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon

 

A-2


the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

NR

This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P Global Ratings does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Plus (+) or minus (-)

The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

A-3


Dual Ratings

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

For more information on S&P Global Ratings, please visit www.standardandpoors.com.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

Municipal Bonds

Aaa

Bonds that are rated ‘Aaa’ are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa

Bonds mat are rated ‘Aa’ are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the ‘Aaa’ group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in ‘Aaa’ securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present mat make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in ‘Aaa’ securities.

A

Bonds that are rated ‘A’ possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa

Bonds that are rated ‘Baa’ are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba

Bonds that are rated ‘Ba’ are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

A-4


B

Bonds that are rated ‘B’ generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa

Bonds that are rated ‘Caa’ are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca

Bonds that are rated ‘Ca’ represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C

Bonds that are rated ‘C’ are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor Prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

#(hatchmark): Represents issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in cash, held in trust, invested and reinvested in direct, non-callable, non-prepayable United States government obligations or non-callable, non-prepayable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Government, Resolution Funding Corporation debt obligations.

Con. (...): Bonds for which the security depends upon the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition are rated conditionally. These are bonds secured by (a) earnings of projects under construction, (b) earnings of projects unseasoned in operation experience, (c) rentals that begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some other limiting condition attaches. The parenthetical rating denotes probable credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination of the basis of the condition.

(P): When applied to forward delivery bonds, indicates the rating is provisional pending delivery of the bonds. The rating may be revised prior to delivery if changes occur in the legal documents or the underlying credit quality of the bonds.

Note: Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1,2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates mat the issue ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Short-Term Loans

MIG 1/VMIG 1

This designation denotes best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2/VMIG 2

This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

 

A-5


MIG 3/VMIG 3

This designation denotes favorable quality. All security elements are accounted for but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

MIG 4/VMIG 4

This designation denotes adequate quality. Protection commonly regarded as required of an investment security is present and although not distinctly or predominantly speculative, there is specific risk.

SG

This designation denotes speculative quality. Debt instruments in this category lack margins of protection.

Commercial Paper

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics:

 

   

Leading market positions in well-established industries.

 

   

High rates of return on funds employed.

 

   

Conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

 

   

Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.

 

   

Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation than is the case for Prime-2 securities. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and the requirement for relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

For more information on Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., please visit www.moodys.com.

Fitch Ratings

A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

Long-Term Credit Ratings

Investment Grade

AAA

Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

A-6


AA

Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A

High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB

Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB

Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B

Highly Speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC

Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC

Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C

Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

 

  a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
  b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;
  c. the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange;
  d. a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.

 

A-7


RD

Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:

 

  a. an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but
  b. has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other formal winding-up procedure, and
  c. has not otherwise ceased operating.

This would include:

 

  i. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
  ii. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
  iii. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D

Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Short-Term Credit Ratings

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

Fl

Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2

Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3

Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

A-8


B

Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C

High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD

Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D

Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Notes to Long-term and Short-term ratings:

“+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘FT.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

A Rating Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable, or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

For more information about Fitch, Inc., please visit www.fitchratings.com.

 

A-9


APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Effective Date: January 1, 2011, as last amended September 20, 2016

I.    General Principles

 

  A. Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“NAM”) is an investment sub-adviser for certain of the Nuveen Funds (the “Funds”) and investment adviser for institutional and other separately managed accounts (collectively, with the Funds, “Accounts”). As such, Accounts may confer upon NAM complete discretion to vote proxies.1

 

  B. It is NAM’s duty to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients (which may involve affirmatively deciding that voting the proxies may not be in the best interests of certain clients on certain matters). In voting proxies, NAM also seeks to enhance total investment return for its clients.

 

  C. If NAM contracts with another investment adviser to act as a sub-adviser for an Account, NAM may delegate proxy voting responsibility to the sub-adviser. Where NAM has delegated proxy voting responsibility, the sub-adviser will be responsible for developing and adhering to its own proxy voting policies, subject to oversight by NAM.

 

  D. NAM’s Proxy Voting Committee (“PVC”) provides oversight of NAM’s proxy voting policies and procedures, including (1) providing an administrative framework to facilitate and monitor the exercise of such proxy voting and to fulfill the obligations of reporting and recordkeeping under the federal securities laws; and (2) approving the proxy voting policies and procedures.

II.    Policies

The PVC after reviewing and concluding that such policies are reasonably designed to vote proxies in the best interests of clients, has approved and adopted the proxy voting policies of Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), a leading national provider of proxy voting administrative and research services.i As a result, such policies set forth NAM’s positions on recurring proxy issues and criteria for addressing non-recurring issues. These policies are reviewed periodically by ISS, and therefore are subject to change. Even though it has adopted ISS policies, NAM maintains the fiduciary responsibility for all proxy voting decisions.

III.    Procedures

 

  A. Supervision of Proxy Voting. Day-to-day administration of proxy voting may be provided internally or by a third-party service provider, depending on client type, subject to the ultimate oversight of the PVC. The PVC shall supervise the relationships with NAM’s proxy voting services, ISS.

ISS apprises Nuveen Global Operations (“NGO”) of shareholder meeting dates, and casts the actual proxy votes. ISS also provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations. ISS serves as NAM’s proxy voting record keepers and generate reports on how proxies were voted.

 

1 

NAM does not vote proxies where a client withholds proxy voting authority, and in certain non-discretionary and model programs NAM votes proxies in accordance with its policies and procedures in effect from time to time. Clients may opt to vote proxies themselves, or to have proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the client’s cost.i ISS has separate polices for Taft Hartley plans and it is NAM’s policy to apply the Taft Hartley polices to accounts that are Taft Hartley Plans.

 

B-1


  B. Conflicts of Interest.

 

  1. The following relationships or circumstances may give rise to conflicts of interest2:

 

  a. The issuer or proxy proponent (e.g., a special interest group) is TIAA-CREF, the ultimate principal owner of NAM, or any of its affiliates.

 

  b. The issuer is an entity in which an executive officer of NAM or a spouse or domestic partner of any such executive officer is or was (within the past three years of the proxy vote) an executive officer or director.

 

  c. The issuer is a registered or unregistered fund for which NAM or another affiliated adviser serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser (e.g., Nuveen Funds and TIAA Funds).

 

  d. Any other circumstances that NAM is aware of where NAM’s duty to serve its clients’ interests, typically referred to as its “duty of loyalty,” could be materially compromised.

 

  2. NAM will vote proxies in the best interest of its clients regardless of such real or perceived conflicts of interest. By adopting ISS policies, NAM believes the risk related to conflicts will be minimized.

 

  3. To further minimize this risk, Compliance will review ISS’ conflict avoidance policy at least annually to ensure that it adequately addresses both the actual and perceived conflicts of interest the proxy voting service may face.

 

  4. In the event that ISS faces a material conflict of interest with respect to a specific vote, the PVC shall direct ISS how to vote. The PVC shall receive voting direction from appropriate investment personnel. Before doing so, the PVC will consult with Legal to confirm that NAM faces no material conflicts of its own with respect to the specific proxy vote.

 

  5. Where ISS and NAM are determined to face a conflict, the PVC will recommend to NAM’s Compliance Committee or designee a course of action designed to address the conflict. Such actions could include, but are not limited to:

 

  a. Obtaining instructions from the affected client(s) on how to vote the proxy;

 

  b. Disclosing the conflict to the affected client(s) and seeking their consent to permit NAM to vote the proxy;

 

  c. Voting in proportion to the other shareholders;

 

  e. Recusing the individual with the actual or potential conflict of interest from all discussion or consideration of the matter, if the material conflict is due to such person’s actual or potential conflict of interest; or

 

  f. Following the recommendation of a different independent third party.

 

  6. In addition to all of the above-mentioned and other conflicts, the Head of Equity Research, NGO and any member of the PVC must notify NAM’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of any direct, indirect or perceived improper influence exerted by any employee, officer or director of TIAA or its subsidiaries with regard to how NAM should vote proxies. NAM Compliance will investigate any such allegations and will report the findings to NAM’s Compliance Committee. If it is determined that improper influence was attempted, appropriate action shall be taken. Such appropriate action may include disciplinary action, notification of the appropriate senior

 

2  A conflict of interest shall not be considered material for the purposes of these Policies and Procedures with respect to a specific vote or circumstance if the matter to be voted on relates to a restructuring of the terms of existing securities or the issuance of new securities or a similar matter arising out of the holding of securities, other than common equity, in the context of a bankruptcy or threatened bankruptcy of the issuer.

 

B-2


  managers, or notification of the appropriate regulatory authorities. In all cases, NAM will not consider any improper influence in determining how to vote proxies, and will vote in the best interests of clients.

 

  C. Proxy Vote Override. From time to time, a portfolio manager of an account (a “Portfolio Manager”) may initiate action to override ISS’s recommendation for a particular vote. Any such override by a NAM Portfolio Manager (but not a sub-adviser Portfolio Manager) shall be reviewed by NAM’s Legal Department for material conflicts. If the Legal Department determines that no material conflicts exist, the approval of one member of the PVC shall authorize the override. If a material conflict exists, the conflict and, ultimately, the override recommendation will be rejected and will revert to the original ISS recommendation or will be addressed pursuant to the procedures described above under “Conflicts of Interest.”

 

  D. Securities Lending.

 

  1. In order to generate incremental revenue, some clients may participate in a securities lending program. If a client has elected to participate in the lending program then it will not have the right to vote the proxies of any securities that are on loan as of the shareholder meeting record date. A client, or a Portfolio Manager, may place restrictions on loaning securities and/or recall a security on loan at any time. Such actions must be affected prior to the record date for a meeting if the purpose for the restriction or recall is to secure the vote.

 

  2. Portfolio Managers and/or analysts who become aware of upcoming proxy issues relating to any securities in portfolios they manage, or issuers they follow, will consider the desirability of recalling the affected securities that are on loan or restricting the affected securities prior to the record date for the matter. If the proxy issue is determined to be material, and the determination is made prior to the shareholder meeting record date the Portfolio Manager(s) will contact the Securities Lending Agent to recall securities on loan or restrict the loaning of any security held in any portfolio they manage, if they determine that it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so.

 

  E. Proxy Voting Records. As required by Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, NAM shall make and retain five types of records relating to proxy voting; (1) NAM’s proxy voting policies and procedures; (2) proxy statements received with respect to securities in client accounts; (3) records of proxy votes cast by NAM on behalf of clients accounts; (4) records of written requests from clients for proxy voting information relating to such client’s account, and written responses from NAM to either a written or oral request by clients; and (5) any documents prepared by the adviser that were material to making a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for the decision. NAM may rely on ISS to make and retain on NAM’s behalf certain records pertaining to Rule 204-2.

 

  F. Fund of Funds Provision. In instances where NAM provides investment advice to a fund of funds that acquires shares of affiliated funds or three percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of an unaffiliated fund, the acquiring fund shall vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the acquired fund. If compliance with this policy results in a vote of any shares in a manner different than the ISS recommendation, such vote will not require compliance with the Proxy Vote Override procedures set forth above.

 

  G. Legacy Securities. To the extent that NAM receives proxies for securities that are transferred into an account’s portfolio that were not recommended or selected by it and are sold or expected to be sold promptly in an orderly manner (“legacy securities”), NAM will generally refrain from voting such proxies. In such circumstances, since legacy securities are expected to be sold promptly, voting proxies on such securities would not further NAM’s interest in maximizing the value of client investments. NAM may agree to an account’s special request to vote a legacy security proxy, and would vote such proxy in accordance with NAM’s guidelines.

 

  H.

Terminated Accounts. Proxies received after the termination date of an account generally will not be voted. An exception will be made if the record date is for a period in which an account was under

 

B-3


  NAM’s discretionary management or if a separately managed account (“SMA”) custodian failed to remove the account’s holdings from its aggregated voting list.

 

  I. Non-votes. NGO shall be responsible for obtaining reasonable assurance that proxies are voted (or, in rare instances, for voting proxies) on behalf, and in cases where further instruction from NAM may be required in order to vote a given proxy or proxies, for ensuring that such instructions are submitted in a timely manner. It should not be considered a breach of this responsibility if NAM does not receive a proxy from ISS or a custodian with adequate time to analyze and direct to vote or vote a proxy by the required voting deadline.

NAM may determine not to vote proxies associated with the securities of any issuer if as a result of voting such proxies, subsequent purchases or sales of such securities would be blocked. However, NAM may decide, on an individual security basis that it is in the best interests of its clients to vote the proxy associated with such a security, taking into account the loss of liquidity. In addition, NAM may not vote proxies where the voting would in NAM’s judgment result in some other financial, legal, regulatory disability or burden to the client (such as imputing control with respect to the issuer) or subject to resolution of any conflict of interest as provided herein, to NAM.

In the case of SMAs, NAM may determine not to vote securities where voting would require the transfer of the security to another custodian designated by the issuer. Such transfer is generally outside the scope of NAM’s authority and may result in significant operational limitations on NAM’s ability to conduct transactions relating to the securities during the period of transfer. From time to time, situations may arise (operational or otherwise) that prevent NAM from voting proxies after reasonable attempts have been made.

 

  J. Review and Reports.

 

  1. The PVC shall maintain a review schedule. The schedule shall include reviews of the proxy voting policy (including the policies of any Sub-adviser engaged by NAM), the proxy voting record, account maintenance, and other reviews as deemed appropriate by the PVC. The PVC shall review the schedule at least annually.

 

  2. The PVC will report to NAM’s Compliance Committee with respect to all identified conflicts and how they were addressed. These reports will include all accounts, including those that are sub-advised. NAM also shall provide the Funds that it sub-advises with information necessary for preparing Form N-PX.

 

  K. Vote Disclosure to Clients. NAM’s institutional and SMA clients can contact their relationship manager for more information on NAM’s policies and the proxy voting record for their account. The information available includes name of issuer, ticker/CUSIP, shareholder meeting date, description of item and NAM’s vote.

IV.    Policy Owner

PVC

V.    Responsible Parties

PVC

NGO

Compliance

Legal Department

As amended: September 20, 2016

 

B-4


Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

             Common Shares

 

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

            , 2018


PART C—OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25: Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

1. Financial Statements:
     Financial Highlights of the Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund (the “Registrant” or the “Fund”) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

2. Exhibits:

 

a.1.    Declaration of Trust dated November 11, 2004. Filed on September 23, 2005 as exhibit a.1. to Registrant’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-128545) and incorporated herein by reference.
a.2.    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Nuveen S&P Dynamic Overwrite Fund (formerly known as Nuveen Equity Premium and Growth Fund) dated December 22, 2014. Filed herewith.
b.    By-laws of Registrant (Amended and Restated as of November 18, 2009). Filed herewith.
c.    None.
d.    Not Applicable.
e.    Terms and Conditions of the Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Filed on November 21, 2005 as exhibit e. to Registrant’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-128545) and incorporated herein by reference.
f.    None.
g.1    Investment Management Agreement dated October 1, 2014 between Registrant and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC. Filed herewith.
g.2    Amendment of Investment Management agreement dated December 22, 2014 to the Investment Management Agreement dated October 1, 2014. Filed herewith.
g.3    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 19, 2014 between Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC and Nuveen Asset Management, LLC. Filed herewith.
h.1   

Form of Distribution Agreement relating to At-the-Market Offerings. Filed herewith.

h.2   

Form of Dealer Agreement relating to At-the-Market Offerings. Filed herewith.

i.    Nuveen Open-End and Closed-End Funds Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors and Trustees. (Restated effective April 27, 2017). Filed herewith.
j.1    Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement dated July 15, 2015 between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company. Filed herewith.
j.2    Appendix A, updated as of August 1, 2017, to the Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement dated July 15, 2015 between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company. Filed herewith.
k.1    Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated June 15, 2017 between the Registrant and ComputerShare Inc. and ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. Filed herewith.
k.2   

First Amendment and updated Schedule A, dated September 7, 2017, to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated June 15, 2017 between the Registrant and ComputerShare Inc. and ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. Filed herewith.

l.1    Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP to be filed by amendment.
1.2    Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP to be filed by amendment.
m.    None.
n.    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Filed herewith.

 

C-1


o.    None.
p.    Subscription Agreement of Nuveen Asset Management dated November 7, 2005. Filed on November 21, 2005 as exhibit p. to Registrant’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-128545) and incorporated herein by reference.
q.    None.
r.1    Code of Ethics and Reporting Requirements of Nuveen Investments, Inc. (including affiliated entities) and the Nuveen Funds, as amended July 1, 2017. Filed herewith.
r.2    Code of Ethics for the Independent Trustees of Nuveen Funds. Filed herewith.
s.    Powers of Attorney dated January 25, 2018. Filed herewith.

Item 26: Marketing Arrangements

See relevant Sections of the Form of Distribution Agreement and Form of Dealer Agreement to be filed as Exhibits (h)(1) and (h)(2), respectively, to this Registration Statement.

Item 27: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Printing and Engraving Fees    $ 60,000  
Legal Fees    $ 75,000  
Accounting Fees    $ 4,500  
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Fees    $ 4,774  
Stock Exchange Listing Fees    $ 5,600  
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fees    $ 3,548  
Miscellaneous Fees    $ 6,578  
  

 

 

 
   $ 160,000  
  

 

 

 

Item 28: Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

Not applicable.

Item 29: Number of Holders of Securities

At January 31, 2018:

 

Title of Class

   Number of Record Holders  
Common Shares, $0.01 par value      12,217  

Item 30: Indemnification

Section 4 of Article XII of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in this Section 4, every person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, including persons who serve at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents of another organization in which the Trust has an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been such a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.

 

C-2


No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:

 

(a) against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of a final adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that he engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office;

 

(b) with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Trust; or

 

(c) in the event of a settlement or other disposition not involving a final adjudication (as provided in paragraph (a) or (b)) and resulting in a payment by a Covered Person, unless there has been either a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office by the court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition or a reasonable determination, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that he did not engage in such conduct:

(i) by a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the Disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter); or

(ii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel.

The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which Trust personnel other than Covered Persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.

Expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Section 4 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 4, provided that either:

(a) such undertaking is secured by a surety bond or some other appropriate security or the Trust shall be insured against losses arising out of any such advances; or

(b) a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the Disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter) or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based upon a review of the readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the recipient ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

As used in this Section 4, a “Disinterested Trustee” is one (x) who is not an Interested Person of the Trust (including anyone, as such Disinterested Trustee, who has been exempted from being an Interested Person by any rule, regulation or order of the Commission), and (y) against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending.

As used in this Section 4, the words “claim,” “action,” “suit” or “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, actions, suits, proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or other, including appeals), actual or threatened; and the words “liability” and “expenses” shall include without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

The trustees and officers of the Registrant are covered by Mutual Fund Professional Liability policies in the aggregate amount of $70,000,000 against liability and expenses of claims of wrongful acts arising out of their position with the Registrant, except for matters that involve willful acts, bad faith, gross negligence and willful disregard of duty (i.e., where the insured did not act in good faith for a purpose he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the Registrant or where he or she had reasonable cause to believe this conduct was unlawful). The policy has a $1,000,000 deductible for operational failures and $1,000,000 deductible for all other claims.

 

C-3


Section 9 of the Form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit h.1 to this Registration Statement provides for each of the parties thereto, including the Registrant and the Underwriters, to indemnify the others, their trustees, directors, certain of their officers, trustees, directors and persons who control them against certain liabilities in connection with the offering described herein, including liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31: Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the directors and officers of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“NFALLC”), the Fund’s investment adviser, who serve as officers or Trustees of the Fund have engaged during the last two years for his or her account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee appears under “Management” in the Statement of Additional Information. Such information for the remaining senior officers appears below:

 

Name and Position with NFALLC

  

Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years

Michelle Beck, Executive Vice President    Executive Vice President (since 2017), formerly, Managing Director of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC; Chief Risk Officer (since June 2017), formerly, Senior Managing Director, Chief Risk Officer (since November 2016) of Teachers Advisors, LLC; Managing Director, Head of Risk Management, Nuveen Investments, Inc. (2010-2017).
Joseph T. Castro, Senior Managing Director   

Senior Managing Director (since February 2017), Head of Compliance (since 2013) of Nuveen, LLC.

Anthony E. Ciccarone, Executive Vice President   

Executive Vice President (since 2016), formerly, Managing Director (2015-2016) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017), formerly, Managing Director (2015-2016) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.

Erik Mogavero, Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer   

Formerly employed by Deutsche Bank (2013- August 2017) as Managing Director, Head of Asset Management and Wealth Management Compliance for the Americas region and Chief Compliance Officer of Deutsche Investment Management Americas.

 

C-4


Name and Position with NFALLC

  

Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years

Austin P. Wachter, Managing Director and Controller   

Managing Director and Controller (since April 2017) (formerly, Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Controller) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC; Controller (since April 2017) of Nuveen Investments, Inc., Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC, NWQ Investment Management Company, Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC; Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC and Winslow Capital Management, LLC; Controller (since 2014) of Nuveen, LLC; Controller (since 2016) formerly, Vice President and Funds Treasurer (2014-2016) of Teachers Advisors, LLC; Controller (since 2016), formerly, Senior Director and Funds Treasurer (2014-2016) of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America.

Diane M. Whelan, Executive Vice President   

Executive Vice President of Nuveen Securities, LLC. (2014-2016); Executive Vice President (2014-2017) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Executive Vice President (since 2017) of Nuveen, LLC.

Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“Nuveen Asset Management”) serves as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant and also serves as investment sub-adviser to other open-end and closed-end funds and investment adviser to separately managed accounts. The following is a list of the remaining senior officers of Nuveen Asset Management. The principal business address of each person is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

Name and Position with Nuveen Asset Management

  

Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years

William T. Huffman, President    None
Stuart J. Cohen, Managing Director and Head of Legal   

Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (since 2002) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2007) and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC.

Diane S. Meggs, Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer   

Managing Director and Compliance Manager (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2013) of Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC.

Austin P. Wachter, Managing Director and Controller   

Managing Director and Controller (since March 2017) formerly, Assistant Controller and Vice President (2016-2017) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Controller (since April 2017) of Nuveen Investments, Inc., Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC, NWQ Investment Management Company, Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC; Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC and Winslow Capital Management, LLC; Controller (since 2014) of Nuveen, LLC; Controller (since 2016) formerly, Vice President and Funds Treasurer (2014-2016) of Teachers Advisors, LLC; Controller (since 2016), formerly, Senior Director and Funds Treasurer (2014-2016) of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America.

 

C-5


Item 32: Location of Accounts and Records

Nuveen Asset Management, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, maintains the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, minutes of trustees and shareholders meetings and contracts of the Registrant and all advisory material of the investment adviser.

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, maintains all general and subsidiary ledgers, journals, trial balances, records of all portfolio purchases and sales, and all other required records not maintained by Nuveen Asset Management.

Item 33: Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34: Undertakings

 

1. Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its shares until the prospectus is amended if: (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

2. Not applicable.

 

3. Not applicable.

 

4. Registrant undertakes:

(a) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement:

(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”);

(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the 1933 Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the 1933 Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in this registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

C-6


(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act;

(2) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(3) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

5. The Registrant undertakes that:

a. for purposes of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the 1933 Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

b. for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

 

C-7


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in this City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 29th day of March, 2018.

 

NUVEEN S&P 500 DYNAMIC OVERWRITE FUND
/S/    GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN

Gifford R. Zimmerman,

Vice President and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

         

Date

/S/    STEPHEN D. FOY        

STEPHEN D. FOY

   Vice President and Controller (principal financial and accounting officer)       March 29, 2018

/S/    CEDRIC H. ANTOSIEWICZ

CEDRIC H. ANTOSIEWICZ

   Chief Administrative Officer (principal executive officer)      

March 29, 2018

WILLIAM J. SCHNEIDER    Chairman of the Board and Trustee   ý

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

þ

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

þ

  By:  

 

/S/    GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN

GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN

Attorney-in-Fact

March 29, 2018

MARGO L. COOK*    Trustee      
JACK B. EVANS*    Trustee      

WILLIAM C. HUNTER*

   Trustee      
ALBIN F. MOSCHNER*    Trustee      
JOHN K. NELSON*    Trustee      
JUDITH M. STOCKDALE*    Trustee      
CAROLE E. STONE*    Trustee      
TERENCE J. TOTH*    Trustee      
MARGARET L. WOLFF*    Trustee      
ROBERT L. YOUNG*    Trustee      

 

* Original powers of attorney authorizing Gifford R. Zimmerman, among others, to execute this Registration Statement, and Amendments thereto, for the trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this Registration Statement is filed, have been executed and filed as Exhibit s. to this Registration Statement.


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

  

Name

a.2    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Nuveen S&P Dynamic Overwrite Fund (formerly known as Nuveen Equity Premium and Growth Fund) dated December 22, 2014
b.    By-Laws of Registrant (amended and Restated as of November 18, 2009)
g.1    Investment Management Agreement dated October 1, 2014 between Registrant and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC
g.2    Amendment of Investment Management agreement dated December 22, 2014 to the Investment Management Agreement dated October 1, 2014.
g.3    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 19, 2014 between Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC and Nuveen Asset Management, LLC
h.1    Form of Distribution Agreement relating to At-the-Market Offerings
h.2    Form of Dealer Agreement relating to At-the-Market Offerings
i.    Nuveen Open-End and Closed-End Funds Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors and Trustees (Restated effective April 27, 2017)
j.1    Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement dated July 15, 2015 between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company
j.2    Appendix A, updated as of August 1, 2017, to the Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement dated July 15, 2015 between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company
k.1    Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated June 15, 2017 between the Registrant and ComputerShare Inc. and ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A.
k.2   

First Amendment and updated Schedule A, dated September 7, 2017, to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated June 15, 2017 between the Registrant and ComputerShare Inc. and ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A.

n.    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
r.1    Code of Ethics and Reporting Requirements of Nuveen Investments, Inc. (including affiliated entities) and the Nuveen Funds, as amended July 1, 2017
r.2    Code of Ethics for the Independent Trustees of Nuveen Funds
s.    Powers of Attorney dated January 25, 2018